US20060165706A1 - Antibodies against CTLA4 and uses therefor - Google Patents
Antibodies against CTLA4 and uses therefor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20060165706A1 US20060165706A1 US11/321,444 US32144405A US2006165706A1 US 20060165706 A1 US20060165706 A1 US 20060165706A1 US 32144405 A US32144405 A US 32144405A US 2006165706 A1 US2006165706 A1 US 2006165706A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- ctla4
- antibody
- cell
- antibodies
- cells
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 101000889276 Homo sapiens Cytotoxic T-lymphocyte protein 4 Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 317
- 102100039498 Cytotoxic T-lymphocyte protein 4 Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 301
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 84
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 197
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 157
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 106
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 75
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 74
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 claims description 73
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 claims description 55
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 51
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 102000043321 human CTLA4 Human genes 0.000 claims description 15
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 abstract description 9
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 105
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 103
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 102
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 100
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 96
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 80
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 73
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 66
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 63
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 63
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 63
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 62
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 58
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 58
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 56
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 55
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 51
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 50
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 49
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 46
- 102000008203 CTLA-4 Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 45
- 108010021064 CTLA-4 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 45
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 44
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 41
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 40
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 39
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 39
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 39
- 230000000139 costimulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 38
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 38
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 37
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 35
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 33
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 24
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 23
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 22
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 21
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 20
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 101000914484 Homo sapiens T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 102100027222 T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 19
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 18
- -1 e.g. Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 18
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 17
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 16
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 101000914514 Homo sapiens T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102100027213 T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000004073 interleukin-2 production Effects 0.000 description 14
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 12
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 12
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 11
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 description 10
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 10
- HXCHCVDVKSCDHU-LULTVBGHSA-N calicheamicin Chemical group C1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](NCC)CO[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O[C@@H]2C\3=C(NC(=O)OC)C(=O)C[C@](C/3=C/CSSSC)(O)C#C\C=C/C#C2)O[C@H](C)[C@@H](NO[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@@H](SC(=O)C=3C(=C(OC)C(O[C@H]4[C@@H]([C@H](OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O4)O)=C(I)C=3C)OC)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@@H]1O HXCHCVDVKSCDHU-LULTVBGHSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229930195731 calicheamicin Natural products 0.000 description 10
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 10
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000012707 chemical precursor Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 9
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 8
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 8
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 8
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 8
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 8
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 8
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 206010011968 Decreased immune responsiveness Diseases 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 7
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 7
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 6
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 6
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108090000829 Ribosome Inactivating Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000006052 T cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 6
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 108091008042 inhibitory receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000020382 suppression by virus of host antigen processing and presentation of peptide antigen via MHC class I Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 6
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 5
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 5
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010022394 Threonine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108091008034 costimulatory receptors Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000016396 cytokine production Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 102000004419 dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229930004094 glycosylphosphatidylinositol Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 4
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 4
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000005931 immune cell recruitment Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002596 immunotoxin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000007799 mixed lymphocyte reaction assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 210000004986 primary T-cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010029697 CD40 Ligand Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101150013553 CD40 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100032937 CD40 ligand Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101100506090 Caenorhabditis elegans hil-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108010053187 Diphtheria Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000016607 Diphtheria Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000008157 ELISA kit Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102100031334 Elongation factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000001690 Factor VIII Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010054218 Factor VIII Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091006027 G proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000030782 GTP binding Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091000058 GTP-Binding Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010077519 Peptide Elongation Factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010084592 Saporins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 102100040245 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 5 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 108010014387 aerolysin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- OHDRQQURAXLVGJ-HLVWOLMTSA-N azane;(2e)-3-ethyl-2-[(e)-(3-ethyl-6-sulfo-1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylidene)hydrazinylidene]-1,3-benzothiazole-6-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].S/1C2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C2N(CC)C\1=N/N=C1/SC2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C2N1CC OHDRQQURAXLVGJ-HLVWOLMTSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002981 blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- VDQQXEISLMTGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloramine T Chemical compound [Na+].CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)[N-]Cl)C=C1 VDQQXEISLMTGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004940 costimulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960000301 factor viii Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002637 immunotoxin Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940051026 immunotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 231100000608 immunotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000004988 splenocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-DJWUNRQOSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5r)-2-[(1s,2s,3r,4s,6r)-4,6-diamino-3-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-amino-4,5-dihydroxy-6-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]oxan-2-yl]oxy-2-hydroxycyclohexyl]oxy-5-methyl-4-(methylamino)oxane-3,5-diol Chemical compound O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)O2)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-DJWUNRQOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylethyl 11-methoxy-3,7,11-trimethyl-2,4-dodecadienoate Chemical compound COC(C)(C)CCCC(C)CC=CC(C)=CC(=O)OC(C)C NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010600 3H thymidine incorporation assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzoic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000144619 Abrus precatorius Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091008875 B cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940045513 CTLA4 antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 2
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700004714 Gelonium multiflorum GEL Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000009329 Graft vs Host Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150103227 IFN gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100222220 Mus musculus Ctla4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010081690 Pertussis Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 240000000528 Ricinus communis Species 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000017274 T cell anergy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001294 alanine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013566 allergen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000637 arginyl group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001714 calcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005889 cellular cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002742 combinatorial mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010057085 cytokine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006193 diazotization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024908 graft versus host disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002519 immonomodulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940124589 immunosuppressive drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000021633 leukocyte mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036457 multidrug resistance Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002704 polyhistidine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000027317 positive regulation of immune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003153 stable transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000000596 systemic lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-SHYZHZOCSA-N tacrolimus Natural products CO[C@H]1C[C@H](CC[C@@H]1O)C=C(C)[C@H]2OC(=O)[C@H]3CCCCN3C(=O)C(=O)[C@@]4(O)O[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@H]4C)OC)[C@@H](C[C@H](C)CC(=C[C@@H](CC=C)C(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C)C)OC QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-SHYZHZOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003146 transient transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- LLXVXPPXELIDGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)=CC=1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O LLXVXPPXELIDGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYRUKRFVOACELK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoate Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O KYRUKRFVOACELK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSRKICWWOYBARZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl) propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OSSC1=CC=CC=N1 RSRKICWWOYBARZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFJCNSLCJOQHKM-CLFAGFIQSA-N (z)-1-[(z)-octadec-9-enoxy]octadec-9-ene Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCOCCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC FFJCNSLCJOQHKM-CLFAGFIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJQZXCPWAGYPSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,4,6-tetrachloro-3a,6a-diphenylimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5-dione Chemical compound ClN1C(=O)N(Cl)C2(C=3C=CC=CC=3)N(Cl)C(=O)N(Cl)C12C1=CC=CC=C1 FJQZXCPWAGYPSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005207 1,3-dihydroxybenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 2-deoxy-D-ribose Chemical group OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CC=O ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKDFYOWSKOHCCO-YPVLXUMRSA-N 20-hydroxyecdysone Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@H](CC[C@@]3([C@@H]([C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O)CCC(C)(O)C)CC[C@]33O)C)C3=CC(=O)[C@@H]21 NKDFYOWSKOHCCO-YPVLXUMRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIKYZXDTTPVVAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Aminobenzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 QIKYZXDTTPVVAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQILVUYCDHSGEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)methyl]cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1CC(C(=O)O)CCC1CN1C(=O)C=CC1=O LQILVUYCDHSGEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCNFLKVWBDNNOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydrazinylbenzoic acid Chemical compound NNC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 PCNFLKVWBDNNOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKDHHIUENRGTHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(C(Cl)=O)C=C1 SKDHHIUENRGTHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710169336 5'-deoxyadenosine deaminase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010066676 Abrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010069754 Acquired gene mutation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102100036664 Adenosine deaminase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024321 Alkaline phosphatase, placental type Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010039627 Aprotinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000228243 Aspergillus giganteus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000669426 Aspergillus restrictus Ribonuclease mitogillin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000034172 Autoimmune Experimental Myasthenia Gravis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030767 Autoimmune encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100025218 B-cell differentiation antigen CD72 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010045634 B7 Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005738 B7 Antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000011725 BALB/c mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000015081 Blood Coagulation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010039209 Blood Coagulation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588832 Bordetella pertussis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000195940 Bryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100027207 CD27 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000001266 CD8-positive T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186227 Corynebacterium diphtheriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N D-alanine Chemical compound C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150074155 DHFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001091269 Escherichia coli Hygromycin-B 4-O-kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091029865 Exogenous DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000009386 Experimental Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010051841 Exposure to allergen Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010087819 Fc receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009109 Fc receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012413 Fluorescence activated cell sorting analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical class OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009465 Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009202 Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N HA peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000934359 Homo sapiens B-cell differentiation antigen CD72 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000914511 Homo sapiens CD27 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100232904 Homo sapiens IL2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100232919 Homo sapiens IL4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934346 Homo sapiens T-cell surface antigen CD2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010009817 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000010789 Interleukin-2 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038453 Interleukin-2 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010787 Interleukin-4 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038486 Interleukin-4 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010025815 Kanamycin Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010023439 Kidney transplant rejection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010023244 Lactoperoxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091026898 Leader sequence (mRNA) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010031801 Lipopolysaccharide Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005482 Lipopolysaccharide Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000542 Lymphotoxin-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000549168 Maytenus Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713869 Moloney murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010021466 Mutant Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008300 Mutant Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001045988 Neogene Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108091092724 Noncoding DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000016979 Other receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000007977 PBT buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101710126321 Pancreatic trypsin inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000762949 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) Exotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010037211 Psychomotor hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004879 Racemases and epimerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001066 Racemases and epimerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000004443 Ricinus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004753 Schiff bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000003800 Selectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000184 Selectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000607764 Shigella dysenteriae Species 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101001091268 Streptomyces hygroscopicus Hygromycin-B 7''-O-kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700005078 Synthetic Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000020385 T cell costimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010092262 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100025237 T-cell surface antigen CD2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N Tacrolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1\C=C(/C)[C@@H]1[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)[C@H](CC=C)/C=C(C)/C[C@H](C)C[C@H](OC)[C@H]([C@H](C[C@H]2C)OC)O[C@@]2(O)C(=O)C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2C(=O)O1 QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091036066 Three prime untranslated region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010053613 Type IV hypersensitivity reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000005411 Van der Waals force Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- ZVNYJIZDIRKMBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vesnarinone Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCN(C=2C=C3CCC(=O)NC3=CC=2)CC1 ZVNYJIZDIRKMBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000012544 Viral Skin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SXEHKFHPFVVDIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(4-hydrazinylphenyl)phenyl]hydrazine Chemical compound C1=CC(NN)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(NN)C=C1 SXEHKFHPFVVDIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002679 ablation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N adenyl group Chemical group N1=CN=C2N=CNC2=C1N GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000030621 adenylate cyclase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060000200 adenylate cyclase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940061720 alpha hydroxy acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001280 alpha hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004050 aminobenzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010056 antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000030741 antigen processing and presentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001106 artificial yeast chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FIVPIPIDMRVLAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N aspergillin Natural products C1C2=CC=CC(O)C2N2C1(SS1)C(=O)N(C)C1(CO)C2=O FIVPIPIDMRVLAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001130 astrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003114 blood coagulation factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000021523 carboxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006473 carboxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000020411 cell activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001516 cell proliferation assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010382 chemical cross-linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorocarbonic acid Chemical class OC(Cl)=O AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010047295 complement receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006834 complement receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910000366 copper(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JZCCFEFSEZPSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.[Cu+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O JZCCFEFSEZPSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 102000003675 cytokine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- WMPOZLHMGVKUEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N decanedioyl dichloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(Cl)=O WMPOZLHMGVKUEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001540 depurinating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001989 diazonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MUCZHBLJLSDCSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropyl fluorophosphate Chemical compound CC(C)OP(F)(=O)OC(C)C MUCZHBLJLSDCSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLFRJHOBQVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl hexanediimidate Chemical compound COC(=N)CCCCC(=N)OC ZLFRJHOBQVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRTGEIHSCHXMTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl octanediimidate Chemical compound COC(=N)CCCCCCC(=N)OC FRTGEIHSCHXMTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRPQMNYCTSPGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl pimelimidate Chemical compound COC(=N)CCCCCC(=N)OC LRPQMNYCTSPGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N disuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002222 downregulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002900 effect on cell Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010014599 encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001159 endocytotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007824 enzymatic assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005051 fluostigmine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N fusidic acid Chemical class O[C@@H]([C@@H]12)C[C@H]3\C(=C(/CCC=C(C)C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]3(C)[C@@]2(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H]2C IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- FIVPIPIDMRVLAY-RBJBARPLSA-N gliotoxin Chemical compound C1C2=CC=C[C@H](O)[C@H]2N2[C@]1(SS1)C(=O)N(C)[C@@]1(CO)C2=O FIVPIPIDMRVLAY-RBJBARPLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091008039 hormone receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000688 human artificial chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008348 humoral response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012872 hydroxylapatite chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002463 imidates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006450 immune cell response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008105 immune reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003125 immunofluorescent labeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001821 langerhans cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005923 long-lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M methyl orange Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940012189 methyl orange Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011325 microbead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036456 mitotic arrest Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006218 nasal suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000009240 nasopharyngitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012177 negative regulation of immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150091879 neo gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036963 noncompetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013421 nuclear magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004248 oligodendroglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940046166 oligodeoxynucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000013415 peroxidase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phloretic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006461 physiological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010031345 placental alkaline phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003169 placental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 231100000614 poison Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001844 prenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005522 programmed cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009465 prokaryotic expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009696 proliferative response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004952 protein activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940076376 protein agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940076372 protein antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009822 protein phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012205 qualitative assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002708 random mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005932 reductive alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008263 repair mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940007046 shigella dysenteriae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009131 signaling function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003007 single stranded DNA break Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002764 solid phase assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037439 somatic mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940002004 the magic bullet Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene 2,4-diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1N=C=O DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229960001479 tosylchloramide sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003440 toxic substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002463 transducing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940108519 trasylol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000005691 triesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005951 type IV hypersensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000027930 type IV hypersensitivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/08—Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins
- A61K51/10—Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody
- A61K51/1027—Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody against receptors, cell-surface antigens or cell-surface determinants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
- A61K47/6811—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates the drug being a protein or peptide, e.g. transferrin or bleomycin
- A61K47/6817—Toxins
- A61K47/6819—Plant toxins
- A61K47/6825—Ribosomal inhibitory proteins, i.e. RIP-I or RIP-II, e.g. Pap, gelonin or dianthin
- A61K47/6827—Ricin A
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
- A61K47/6811—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates the drug being a protein or peptide, e.g. transferrin or bleomycin
- A61K47/6817—Toxins
- A61K47/6829—Bacterial toxins, e.g. diphteria toxins or Pseudomonas exotoxin A
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
- A61K47/6849—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a receptor, a cell surface antigen or a cell surface determinant
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
- C07K16/2818—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against CD28 or CD152
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
- C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
Definitions
- T cells In order for T cells to respond to foreign proteins, two signals must be provided by antigen-presenting cells (APCs) to resting T lymphocytes (Jenkins, M. and Schwartz, R. (1987) J. Exp. Med. 165, 302-319; Mueller, D. L., et al. (1990) J. Immunol 144, 3701-3709).
- the first signal which confers specificity to the immune response, is transduced via the T cell receptor (TCR) following recognition of foreign antigenic peptide presented in the context of the major histocompatibility complex (MHC).
- TCR T cell receptor
- MHC major histocompatibility complex
- costimulation induces T cells to proliferate and become functional (Lenschow et al. (1996) Annu. Rev. Immunol.
- Costimulation is neither antigen-specific, nor MHC restricted and is thought to be provided by one or more distinct cell surface molecules expressed by APCs (Jenkins, M. K., et al. (1988) J. Immunol. 140, 3324-3330; Linsley, P. S., et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 173, 721-730; Gimmi, C. D., et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 88, 6575-6579; Young, J. W., et al. (1992) J. Clin. Invest. 90, 229-237; Koulova, L., et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med.
- CD80 and CD86 (B7-2) proteins, expressed on APCs, are critical costimulatory molecules (Freeman et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 174:625; Freeman et al. (1989) J. Immunol. 143:2714; Azuma et al. (1993) Nature 366:76; Freeman et al. (1993) Science 262:909).
- B7-2 appears to play a predominant role during primary immune responses, while B7-1, which is upregulated later in the course of an immune response, may be important in prolonging primary T cell responses or costimulating secondary T cell responses (Bluestone (1995) Immunity 2:555).
- CD28 One ligand to which B7-1 and B7-2 bind, CD28, is constitutively expressed on resting T cells and increases in expression after activation. After signaling through the T cell receptor, ligation of CD28 and transduction of a costimulatory signal induces T cells to proliferate and secrete IL-2 (Linsley, P. S., et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 173, 721-730; Gimmi, C. D., et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 6575-6579; June, C. H., et al. (1990) Immunol. Today 11, 211-6; Harding, F. A., et al.
- CTLA4 A second ligand, termed CTLA4 (CD152) is homologous to CD28 but is not expressed on resting T cells and appears following T cell activation (Brunet, J. F. et al. (1987) Nature 328, 267-270). CTLA4 appears to be critical in negative regulation of T cell responses (Waterhouse et al. (1995) Science 270:985). Blockade of CTLA4 has been found to remove inhibitory signals, while aggregation of CTLA4 has been found to provide inhibitory signals that downregulate T cell responses (Allison and Krummel (1995) Science 270:932). The B7 molecules have a higher affinity for CTLA4 than for CD28 (Linsley, P.
- the present invention is based, at least in part, on the development of toxic moiety-conjugated forms of antibodies which specifically bind to activated T cells and inhibit them by targeting a transiently expressed molecule that is only expressed on T cells, such as CTLA4.
- CTLA4 a transiently expressed molecule that is only expressed on T cells
- the instant invention provides and characterizes a panel of antibodies that recognize CTLA4.
- Antibodies to CTLA4 have different functions, e.g., stimulatory or inhibitory, depending upon e.g., the region of the CTLA4 molecule to which they bind or whether they are presented in monovalent (e.g., soluble) or multivalent form (e.g., crosslinked). Accordingly these antibodies can be used to modulate T cell activation, and, thereby, to modulate the immune response.
- the present invention pertains to an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate comprising: an antibody, or antigen binding portion thereof, that specifically recognizes a molecule expressed only on activated T cells and a toxic moiety.
- the antibody is specifically reactive with CTLA4. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody is specifically reactive with human CTLA4.
- the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
- the antibody binds to a region of the CTLA4 molecule blocks the binding of CTLA4 to CD80 or CD86. In another embodiment, the antibody binds to a region of the CTLA4 in spatial proximity to the site of CTLA4 binding to a costimulatory molecule.
- substitution of amino acid 83 in the amino acid sequence of human CTLA4 shown in SEQ ID NO:2 results in modulation of binding of the antibody.
- the toxic moiety is a carbohydrate.
- the carbohydrate is calicheamicin.
- the toxic moiety is a naturally occurring bacterial product.
- the toxic moiety is selected from the group consisting of ricin A chain and saporin.
- the antibody is produced by a hybridoma selected from the group consisting of: ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma ), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), and ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma).
- the antibody is humanized.
- the invention pertains to a humanized antibody that is specifically reactive with human CTLA4, wherein the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:8.
- the invention pertains to a humanized antibody that is specifically reactive with human CTLA4, wherein the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:10.
- the invention pertains to a method of modulating the immune response comprising contacting a cell with an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate of claim 2 .
- the antibody-toxic moiety conjugate is administered to a subject and the step of contacting is performed in vivo.
- the subject is suffering from a disorder or condition that would benefit from downmodulation of an ongoing immune response wherein the disorder or condition is selected from the group consisting of: an autoimmune disorder, an immune response to a graft, an allergic response, an immune response to a therapeutic protein.
- the step of contacting is performed in vitro.
- the invention pertains to a method of modulating the immune response comprising contacting a cell with an antibody specifically reactive with CTLA4, wherein the antibody is produced by a hybridoma selected from the group consisting of: ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma ), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), and ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma).
- the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:8.
- the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:10.
- the invention pertains to a method of downmodulating the immune response comprising contacting a cell with an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate, wherein the antibody specifically recognizes CTLA4.
- FIGS. 1A-1C illustrate the binding of the various antibodies to CTLA4.
- FIG. 1A shows antibodies 25, 26, and 27.
- FIG. 1B shows antibodies 29, 33, and 34.
- FIG. 1C shows antibodies 35, 36, and 38.
- FIGS. 1D-1F illustrate the ability of the various antibodies to block binding of CTLA4 to CD86.
- FIG. 1D shows antibodies 25, 26, and 27.
- FIG. 1E shows antibodies 29, 33, and 34.
- FIG. 1F shows antibodies 35, 36, and 38. Antibody number 29 and 33 fail to block binding of CTLA4 to CD86.
- FIGS. 1G-1I illustrate the ability of the various antibodies to block binding of CTLA4 to CD80.
- FIG. 1G shows antibodies 25, 26, and 27.
- FIG. 1H shows antibodies 29, 33, and 34.
- FIG. 11 shows antibodies 35, 36, and 38.
- Antibody number 29 and 33 fail to block binding of CTLA4 to CD80.
- FIGS. 2A-2C illustrate the effect of different mutations introduced into the human CTLA4 amino acid sequence on the ability of the various anti-CTLA4 antibodies to bind to CTLA4.
- Antibody number 25 is shown in FIG. 2A .
- Antibody number 26 is shown in FIG. 2B .
- Antibody number 29 is shown in FIG. 2C .
- FIGS. 3A-3B illustrate the effect of cross-linked forms of anti-CTLA4 antibody on T cell proliferation and IL-2 production.
- Proliferation of primary T cells is shown in FIG. 3A
- IL-2 production by Jurkat cells is shown in FIG. 3B .
- the T cells were stimulated by anti-CD3+anti-CD28.
- FIGS. 4A-4B illustrate the effect of soluble forms of anti-CTLA4 antibody on T cell proliferation and cytokine production.
- Antibody number 26 enhances the proliferation of primary T cells in a mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR) ( FIG. 4A ).
- MLR mixed lymphocyte reaction
- FIG. 4B The effect of various anti-CTLA4 antibodies on IL-2 production by Jurkat cells is shown in FIG. 4B .
- FIG. 5 illustrates that the murine form of anti-CTLA4 antibody number 26 and the IgG1, IgG4, and IgG2 m3 humanized forms of antibody 26 (hCTLA4-26B) bind to CTLA4 with similar affinity. Data are from an ELISA competition assay against cold CTLA4-26B antibody.
- FIGS. 6A-6D illustrate a FACS competition assay using FITC-labeled mouse anti-CTLA4 in combination with varying amounts of either cold mouse anti-CTLA4 or humanized anti-CTLA4 IgG1.
- FIGS. 7A-7E show an alignment of histograms of cold competitors (mouse anti-CTLA4, humanized anti-CTLA4 IgG1) with the same concentrations to compare relative binding affinities.
- FIGS. 8A-8B illustrate the ability of toxic moiety-conjugated antibodies that recognize CTLA4 to inhibit the proliferation of CTLA4-bearing Jurkat cells ( FIG. 8B ). These antibodies do not inhibit the proliferation of Jurkat cells which are CTLA4 negative ( FIG. 8A ).
- FIG. 9 shows the cDNA (SEQ ID NO:7) and deduced amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:8) of the light chain of humanized anti-CTLA4.
- the amino acids are shown in single letter code.
- the CDRs are underlined in blue, mouse residues retained for structural integrity are the underlined single amino acid residues, and the double-underlined single amino acid residues represent consensus amino acid found at this position in the selected set of known human variable sequences.
- FIG. 10 shows the cDNA (SEQ ID NO:9) and deduced amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:10) of the heavy chain of humanized anti-CTLA4.
- the amino acids are shown in single letter code.
- the CDRs are underlined in blue, mouse residues retained for structural integrity are the underlined single amino acid residues, and double-underlined single amino acid residues represent consensus amino acid found at this position in the selected set of known human variable sequences.
- FIG. 11 shows the effect of increasing concentrations of a humanized anti-CTLA4 antibody (Hu-26B) or a murine anti-CTLA4 antibody (Mu-26B) on T cell responses, as measured by IL-2 production by Jurkat CTLA4+ cells.
- the instant invention pertains, at least in part, to the identification and characterization of anti-CTLA4 antibodies, as well as conjugated forms of these or other anti-CTLA4 antibodies, and to methods of using such antibodies to modulate the immune response.
- T cell includes CD4+ T cells and CD8+ T cells.
- the term T cell also includes both T helper 1 type T cells and T helper 2 type T cells.
- antigen presenting cell includes professional antigen presenting cells (e.g., B lymphocytes, monocytes, dendritic cells, Langerhans cells) as well as other antigen presenting cells (e.g., keratinocytes, endothelial cells, astrocytes, fibroblasts, oligodendrocytes).
- immune response includes T cell mediated and/or B cell mediated immune responses that are influenced by modulation of T cell costimulation.
- exemplary immune responses include T cell responses, e.g., proliferation, cytokine production, and cellular cytotoxicity.
- immune response includes immune responses that are indirectly effected by T cell activation, e.g., antibody production (humoral responses) and activation of cytokine responsive cells, e.g., macrophages.
- costimulatory receptor includes receptors which transmit a costimulatory signal to a immune cell, e.g., CD28.
- inhibitory receptors includes receptors which transmit a negative signal to an immune cell (e.g., CTLA4).
- An inhibitory signal as transduced by an inhibitory receptor can occur even if a costimulatory receptor (such as CD28) is not present on the immune cell and, thus, is not simply a function of competition between inhibitory receptors and costimulatory receptors for binding of costimulatory molecules (Fallarino et al. (1998) J. Exp. Med. 188:205). Transmission of an inhibitory signal to an immune cell can result in unresponsiveness or anergy or programmed cell death in the immune cell.
- a signal can be transmitted to the cell (e.g., by a multivalent form of a costimulatory molecule or a crosslinked form of an antibody that results in crosslinking of receptor) or a signal can be inhibited in the cell (e.g., by a soluble, monovalent form of a costimulatory molecule or antibody), e.g., by competing with activating forms of costimulatory molecules for binding to the receptor.
- a soluble molecule can be stimulatory e.g., a soluble form of an antibody that blocks the binding of an inhibitory receptor to a costimulatory molecule and blocks the transmission of negative signal.
- the effects of the various modulatory agents can be easily demonstrated using routine screening assays as described herein.
- costimulate with reference to activated T cells includes the ability of a costimulatory molecule to provide a second, non-activating receptor mediated signal (a “costimulatory signal”) that induces proliferation or effector function.
- a costimulatory signal can result in cytokine secretion, e.g., in a T cell that has received a T cell-receptor-mediated signal.
- Immune cells that have received a cell-receptor mediated signal, e.g., via an activating receptor (e.g., by an antigen or by a polyclonal activator) are referred to herein as “activated T cells.”
- activating receptor includes immune cell receptors that bind antigen, complexed antigen (e.g., in the context of MHC molecules), or bind to antibodies.
- activating receptors include T cell receptors (TCR), B cell receptors (BCR), cytokine receptors, LPS receptors, complement receptors, and Fc receptors.
- T cell receptors are present on T cells and are associated with CD3 molecules. T cell receptors are stimulated by antigen in the context of MHC molecules (as well as by polyclonal T cell activating reagents). T cell activation via the TCR results in numerous changes, e.g., protein phosphorylation, membrane lipid changes, ion fluxes, cyclic nucleotide alterations, RNA transcription changes, protein synthesis changes, and cell volume changes, and expression of activation markers, e.g., CTLA4.
- activation markers e.g., CTLA4.
- a costimulatory signal can induce cytokine secretion (e.g., IL-2 and/or IL-10) in a T cell and/or can prevent the induction of unresponsiveness to antigen, the induction of anergy, or the induction of cell death in the T cell.
- cytokine secretion e.g., IL-2 and/or IL-10
- the term “inhibitory signal” refers to a signal transmitted via an inhibitory receptor (e.g., CTLA4) on an immune cell.
- a signal antagonizes a signal transmitted via an activating receptor (e.g., via a TCR) and can result, e.g., in: inhibition of second messenger generation; inhibition of proliferation; inhibition of effector function in the immune cell, (e.g., reduced cellular cytotoxicity) the failure of the immune cell to produce mediators, (such as cytokines (e.g., IL-2) and/or mediators of allergic responses); or the development of anergy.
- mediators such as cytokines (e.g., IL-2) and/or mediators of allergic responses
- the term “unresponsiveness” includes refractivity of immune cells to stimulation, e.g., stimulation via an activating receptor or a cytokine. Unresponsiveness can occur, e.g., because of exposure to immunosuppressants or exposure to high doses of antigen.
- the term “anergy” or “tolerance” includes refractivity to activating receptor-mediated stimulation. Such refractivity is generally antigen-specific and persists after exposure to the tolerizing antigen has ceased. For example, anergy in T cells (as opposed to unresponsiveness) is characterized by lack of cytokine production, e.g., IL-2.
- T cell anergy occurs when T cells are exposed to antigen and receive a first signal (a T cell receptor or CD-3 mediated signal) in the absence of a second signal (a costimulatory signal). Under these conditions, reexposure of the cells to the same antigen (even if reexposure occurs in the presence of a costimulatory molecule) results in failure to produce cytokines and, thus, failure to proliferate.
- Anergic T cells can, however, mount responses to unrelated antigens and can proliferate if cultured with cytokines (e.g., IL-2). For example, T cell anergy can also be observed by the lack of IL-2 production by T lymphocytes as measured by ELISA or by a proliferation assay using an indicator cell line.
- a reporter gene construct can be used.
- anergic T cells fail to initiate IL-2 gene transcription induced by a heterologous promoter under the control of the 5′ IL-2 gene enhancer or by a multimer of the AP1 sequence that can be found within the enhancer (Kang et al. (1992) Science 257:1134).
- the term “activity” with respect to a polypeptide includes activities which are inherent in the structure of a polypeptide.
- the term “activity” includes the ability of a CTLA4 polypeptide to bind to a costimulatory molecule and/or to modulate an inhibitory signal in an activated immune cell, e.g., by engaging a natural ligand on an antigen presenting cell.
- CTLA4 transmits an inhibitory signal to a T cell. Modulation of an inhibitory signal in a T cell results in modulation of proliferation of and/or cytokine secretion by the T cell.
- CTLA4 can also modulate a costimulatory signal by competing with a costimulatory receptor for binding of costimulatory molecules, e.g., CTLA4.
- CTLA4 activity includes the ability of a CTLA4 polypeptide to bind its natural ligand(s), the ability to modulate immune cell costimulatory or inhibitory signals, and the ability to modulate the immune response.
- antibody is intended to refer to immunoglobulin molecules comprised of four polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds.
- Each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as HCVR or VH) and a heavy chain constant region.
- the heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3.
- Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as LCVR or VL) and a light chain constant region.
- the light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL.
- VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR).
- CDR complementarity determining regions
- FR framework regions
- Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
- CDR complementarity determining region
- Antibodies may be an IgG antibodies such as IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4; or IgM, IgA, IgE or IgD isotype.
- the constant domain of the antibody heavy chain may be selected depending upon the effector function desired.
- the light chain constant domain may be a kappa or lambda constant domain.
- antibody as used herein also includes an “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion”).
- antigen-binding portion refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen (e.g., hCTLA4). It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody can be performed by fragments of a full-length antibody.
- binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR).
- a Fab fragment a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains
- a F(ab′) 2 fragment a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by
- the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883).
- single chain Fv single chain Fv
- Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody.
- Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed.
- Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
- an antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof may be part of a larger immunoadhesion molecules, formed by covalent or noncovalent association of the antibody or antibody portion with one or more other proteins or peptides.
- immunoadhesion molecules include use of the streptavidin core region to make a tetrameric scFv molecule (Kipriyanov, S. M., et al. (1995) Human Antibodies and Hybridomas 6:93-101) and use of a cysteine residue, a marker peptide and a C-terminal polyhistidine tag to make bivalent and biotinylated scFv molecules (Kipriyanov, S. M., et al. (1994) Mol.
- Antibody portions such as Fab and F(ab′) 2 fragments, can be prepared from whole antibodies using conventional techniques, such as papain or pepsin digestion, respectively, of whole antibodies.
- antibodies, antibody portions and immunoadhesion molecules can be obtained using standard recombinant DNA techniques, as described herein.
- Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal; xenogeneic, allogeneic, or syngeneic; or modified forms thereof, e.g., humanized, chimeric, etc.
- antibodies of the invention bind specifically or substantially specifically to CTLA4 molecules.
- a monoclonal antibody composition typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular antigen with which it immunoreacts.
- humanized antibody is intended to include antibodies made by a non-human cell having variable and constant regions which have been altered to more closely resemble antibodies that would be made by a human cell. For example, by altering the non-human antibody amino acid sequence to incorporate amino acids found in human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
- the humanized antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences (e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs.
- the term “humanized antibody”, as used herein, also includes antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
- an “isolated antibody”, as used herein, is intended to refer to an antibody that is substantially free of other antibodies having different antigenic specificities (e.g., an isolated antibody that specifically binds CTLA4 is substantially free of antibodies that specifically bind antigens other than CTLA4). Moreover, an isolated antibody may be substantially free of other cellular material and/or chemicals.
- CTLA4 blocking antibodies are antibodies that specifically bind to the extracellular domain of CTLA4 protein, and block the binding of CTLA4 to its counter-receptors, e.g., CD80, CD86, etc.
- CTLA4 blocking antibodies can bind to a site of CTLA4 at a site in spatial proximity to the site of CTLA4 binding to a costimulatory molecule, e.g., close enough to the site of costimulatory binding to sterically interfere with binding of CTLA4 to the costimulatory molecule.
- Such blocking antibodies block the transmission of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4 and, thus, in soluble form, function to enhance T cell proliferation.
- CTLA4 activating antibodies are antibodies that specifically bind to the extracellular domain of the CTLA4 protein at a site in the extracellular domain of CTLA4 and which transmit a negative signal via CTLA4 in multivalent form. These activating antibodies do not block the binding of CTLA4 to its counter-receptors, e.g., CD80 or CD86. Such antibodies, upon binding to CTLA4, result in the transmission of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4 and, thus, result in a decrease in T cell proliferation. Both CTLA4 blocking and activating antibodies transmit a negative signal via CTLA4 when they are in multivalent form (e.g., cross-linked).
- the phrase “specifically” with reference to binding, recognition, or reactivity of antibodies includes antibodies which bind to naturally occurring molecules which are expressed transiently only on activated T cells.
- the term “specifically” with reference to binding, recognition, or reactivity of antibodies includes anti-CTLA4 antibodies that bind to naturally occurring forms of CTLA4, but are substantially unreactive with molecules related to CTLA4, such as CD28 and other members of the immunoglobulin superfamily.
- the phrase “substantially unreactive” includes antibodies which display no greater binding to molecules related to CTLA4, e.g., CD28 (but excluding CTLA4) as compared to unrelated molecules, e.g., CD27.
- such antibodies bind to molecules related to CTLA4 (but excluding CTLA4) with only background binding.
- Antibodies specific for CTLA4 from one source e.g., human CTLA4 may or may not be reactive with CTLA4 molecules from different species.
- Antibodies specific for naturally occurring CTLA4 may or may not bind to mutant forms of such molecules.
- mutations in the amino acid sequence of a naturally occurring CTLA4 molecule result in modulation of the binding (e.g., either increased or decreased binding) of the antibody to the CTLA4 molecule.
- Antibodies to CTLA4 can be readily screened for their ability to meet this criteria. Assays to determine affinity and specificity of binding are known in the art, including competitive and non-competitive assays.
- Assays of interest include ELISA, RIA, flow cytometry, etc.
- Binding assays may use purified or semi-purified CTLA4 protein, or alternatively may use cells that express CTLA4, e.g., cells transfected with an expression construct for CTLA4; T cells that have been stimulated through cross-linking of CD3 and CD28; the addition of irradiated allogeneic cells, etc.
- purified CTLA4 protein is bound to an insoluble support, e.g., microtiter plate, magnetic beads, etc.
- the candidate antibody and soluble, labeled CD80 or CD86 are added to the cells, and the unbound components are then washed off.
- the ability of the antibody to compete with CD80 and CD86 for CTLA4 binding is determined by quantitation of bound, labeled CD80 or CD86. Confirmation that the blocking agent does not cross-react with CD28 may be performed with a similar assay, substituting CD28 for CTLA4.
- An isolated antibody that specifically binds human CTLA4 may, however, have cross-reactivity to other antigens, such as CTLA4 molecules from other species.
- toxin and “toxic moiety” include naturally occurring (as well as derivatized or chemically modified forms thereof) or synthetic molecules or moieties that are proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous and that are toxic to cells, e.g., eukaryotic cells.
- Toxic moieties include, e.g., portions of naturally occurring toxins that retain the property of toxicity (such as toxic moieties (e.g., A chains) of bipartate toxins).
- toxic moiety also includes antibiotic molecules or other agents (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents) that have cellular cytotoxic effects.
- Toxic moieties bring about the death of cells by any of a variety of mechanisms, e.g., by acting on cellular machinery after internalization into the cell or by forming holes in cellular membranes. Exemplary toxic moieties are described in more detail herein.
- Antibody-toxic moiety conjugates of the invention include antibodies or antibody binding portions thereof that are conjugated to toxic moiety molecules to specifically deliver those toxic moiety molecules to the cells to which the antibody or fragment thereof binds.
- a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein).
- coding region refers to regions of a nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues
- noncoding region refers to regions of a nucleotide sequence that are not translated into amino acids (e.g., 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).
- vector refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid molecule to which it has been linked.
- plasmid refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated.
- viral vector Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome.
- Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
- vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
- Other vectors are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome.
- certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked.
- Such vectors are referred to herein as “recombinant expression vectors” or simply “expression vectors”.
- expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
- plasmid and vector may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
- the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
- the term “host cell” is intended to refer to a cell into which a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, such as a recombinant expression vector of the invention, has been introduced.
- the terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. It should be understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
- an “isolated protein” refers to a protein that is substantially free of other proteins, cellular material and culture medium when isolated from cells or produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
- An “isolated” or “purified” protein or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the CTLA4 protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
- the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of CTLA4 protein in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced.
- the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of CTLA4 protein having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-CTLA4 protein (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), more preferably less than about 20% of non-CTLA4 protein, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-CTLA4 protein, and most preferably less than about 5% non-CTLA4 protein.
- CTLA4 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation.
- the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of CTLA4 protein in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals which are involved in the synthesis of the protein.
- the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of CTLA4 protein having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-CTLA4 chemicals, more preferably less than about 20% chemical precursors or non-CTLA4 chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-CTLA4 chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-CTLA4 chemicals.
- nucleotide triplet An important and well known feature of the genetic code is its redundancy, whereby, for most of the amino acids used to make proteins, more than one coding nucleotide triplet may be employed (illustrated above). Therefore, a number of different nucleotide sequences may code for a given amino acid sequence. Such nucleotide sequences are considered functionally equivalent since they result in the production of the same amino acid sequence in all organisms (although certain organisms may translate some sequences more efficiently than they do others). Moreover, occasionally, a methylated variant of a purine or pyrimidine may be found in a given nucleotide sequence. Such methylations do not affect the coding relationship between the trinucleotide codon and the corresponding amino acid.
- nucleotide sequence of a DNA or RNA molecule coding for a CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody of the invention can be used to derive the CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody amino acid sequence, using the genetic code to translate the CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody molecule into an amino acid sequence.
- corresponding nucleotide sequences that can encode CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody protein can be deduced from the genetic code (which, because of its redundancy, will produce multiple nucleic acid sequences for any given amino acid sequence).
- description and/or disclosure herein of a CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody nucleotide sequence should be considered to also include description and/or disclosure of the amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleotide sequence.
- description and/or disclosure of a CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody amino acid sequence herein should be considered to also include description and/or disclosure of all possible nucleotide sequences that can encode the amino acid sequence.
- Antibodies to CTLA4 can be made by immunizing a subject (e.g., a mammal) with a CTLA4 polypeptide or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a CTLA4 polypeptide or a portion thereof.
- native CTLA4 proteins, or immunogenic portions thereof can be isolated from cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques.
- CTLA4 proteins, or immunogenic portions thereof can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques.
- a CTLA4 protein or immunogenic portion thereof can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques.
- nucleic acid molecules encoding a CTLA4 molecule or portion thereof can be used as immunogens.
- Whole cells expressing CTLA4 can be used as immunogens to produce anti-CTLA4 antibodies.
- cells can be made to express CTLA4 by transfection with an cDNA or by utilizing a phospholipid anchor domain.
- the origin of the immunogen may be mouse, human, rat, monkey etc.
- the host animal will generally be a different species than the immunogen, e.g., mouse CTLA4 used to immunize hamsters, human CTLA4 to immunize mice, etc.
- the human and mouse CTLA4 contain highly conserved stretches in the extracellular domain (Harper et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147:1037-1044). Peptides derived from such highly conserved regions may be used as immunogens to generate cross-specific antibodies.
- the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of CTLA4 from a variety of sources are known in the art. For example, the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of human CTLA4 can be found in Dariavach et al.
- the immunogen may comprise the complete protein, or fragments and derivatives thereof.
- Preferred immunogens comprise all or a part of the extracellular domain of human CTLA4 (e.g., about amino acid residues 36-161 or about amino acids 38-161 of SEQ ID NO:2), where these residues contain the post-translation modifications, such as glycosylation, found on the native CTLA4.
- Immunogens comprising the extracellular domain are produced in a variety of ways known in the art, e.g., expression of cloned genes using conventional recombinant methods, isolation from T cells, sorted cell populations expressing high levels of CTLA4, etc.
- the immunogen may comprise DNA encoding a CTLA4 molecule or a portion thereof. For example, as set forth in the appended examples, 2 ⁇ g cDNA encoding the extracellular domain of recombinant human CTLA4 could be used as an immunogen.
- the immunogen is a human CTLA4 molecule.
- CTLA4 proteins comprise the amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 1 or fragment thereof.
- the protein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or fragment thereof.
- the CTLA4 molecule can differ in amino acid sequence from that shown in SEQ ID NO:2, e.g., can be from a different source or can be modified to increase its immunogenicity.
- the protein has at least about 80%, and even more preferably, at least about 90% or 95% amino acid identity with the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2.
- the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes).
- the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, even more preferably at least 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, or 90% of the length of the reference sequence.
- the residues at corresponding positions are then compared and when a position in one sequence is occupied by the same residue as the corresponding position in the other sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position.
- the percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences.
- amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”.
- the comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm.
- the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available from Accelrys, San Dieqo, Calif.), using either a Blosum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
- the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available from Acceirys, San Diego, Calif.), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
- the nucleic acid and protein sequences of the CTLA4 can further be used as a “query sequence” to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences.
- Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-10.
- Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25(17):3389-3402.
- the default parameters of the respective programs e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST
- the nucleotide sequences of the invention were analyzed using the default Blastn matrix 1-3 with gap penalties set at: existence 11 and extension 1.
- the amino acid sequences of the invention were analyzed using the default settings: the Blosum62 matrix with gap penalties set at existence 11 and extension 1. More information on these programs is available from the NCBI, Bethesda, Md.
- CTLA4 chimeric or fusion proteins or nucleic acid molecules encoding them can also be used as immunogens.
- a CTLA4 “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” comprises a CTLA4 polypeptide operatively linked to a non-CTLA4 polypeptide.
- a “CTLA4 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to CTLA4 polypeptide
- a “non-CTLA4 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the CTLA4 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the CTLA4 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism.
- a CTLA4 fusion protein can correspond to all or a portion of a CTLA4 protein.
- a CTLA4 fusion protein comprises at least one biologically active portion of a CTLA4 protein, e.g., an extracellular domain of a CTLA4 protein.
- the term “operatively linked” is intended to indicate that the CTLA4 polypeptide and the non-CTLA4 polypeptide are fused in-frame to each other.
- the non-CTLA4 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the CTLA4 polypeptide.
- a CTLA4 fusion protein or nucleic acid molecule encoding a CTLA4 fusion protein is produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques.
- DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, for example employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation.
- the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers.
- PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers which give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments which can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992).
- many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide or an HA epitope tag).
- a CTLA4 encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the CTLA4 protein.
- Such fusion moieties can be linked to the C or to the N terminus of the CTLA4 protein or a portion thereof.
- Variants of the CTLA4 proteins can also be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of a CTLA4 protein and used as a immunogen.
- variants of a CTLA4 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a CTLA4 protein for CTLA4 protein agonist or antagonist activity.
- a variegated library of CTLA4 variants is generated by combinatorial mutagenesis at the nucleic acid level and is encoded by a variegated gene library.
- a variegated library of CTLA4 variants can be produced by, for example, enzymatically ligating a mixture of synthetic oligonucleotides into gene sequences such that a degenerate set of potential CTLA4 sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of CTLA4 sequences therein.
- a degenerate set of potential CTLA4 sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of CTLA4 sequences therein.
- methods which can be used to produce libraries of potential CTLA4 variants from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence. Chemical synthesis of a degenerate gene sequence can be performed in an automatic DNA synthesizer, and the synthetic gene then ligated into an appropriate expression vector.
- degenerate set of genes allows for the provision, in one mixture, of all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential CTLA4 sequences.
- Methods for synthesizing degenerate oligonucleotides are known in the art (see, e.g., Narang, S. A. (1983) Tetrahedron 39:3; Itakura et al. (1984) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53:323; Itakura et al. (1984) Science 198:1056; Ike et al. (1983) Nucleic Acid Res. 11:477.
- libraries of fragments of a CTLA4 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of CTLA4 fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a CTLA4 protein.
- a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double stranded PCR fragment of a CTLA4 coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double stranded DNA which can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with S1 nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector.
- an expression library can be derived which encodes N-terminal, C-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the CTLA4 protein.
- REM Recursive ensemble mutagenesis
- cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated CTLA4 library.
- a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line which ordinarily synthesizes and secretes CTLA4.
- the transfected cells are then cultured such that CTLA4 and a particular mutant CTLA4 are secreted and the effect of expression of the mutant on CTLA4 activity in cell supernatants can be detected, e.g., by any of a number of enzymatic assays.
- Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of CTLA4 activity, and the individual clones further characterized.
- An isolated CTLA4 protein, or a portion or fragment thereof, or nucleic acid molecules encoding a CTLA4 polypeptide of portion thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind CTLA4 using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation.
- a full-length CTLA4 protein or nucleic acid molecule encoding a full-length CTLA4 protein can be used.
- an antigenic peptide fragment i.e., a fragment capable of promoting an antigenic response
- a CTLA4 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment of a CTLA4 polypeptide can be used can be used as the immunogen.
- An antigenic peptide fragment of a CTLA4 polypeptide typically comprises at least 8 amino acid residues (e.g., at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2) and encompasses an epitope of a CTLA4 polypeptide such that an antibody raised against the peptide forms an immune complex with a CTLA4 molecule.
- Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of CTLA4 that are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions.
- an antibody binds specifically to a CTLA4 polypeptide.
- the CTLA4 polypeptide is a human CTLA4 polypeptide.
- the antigenic peptide comprises at least about 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least about 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 about amino acid residues, and most preferably at least about 30 amino acid residues.
- Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of a CTLA4 polypeptide that are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, and that are unique to a CTLA4 polypeptide.
- such epitopes can be specific for a CTLA4 proteins from one species, such as mouse or human (i.e., an antigenic peptide that spans a region of a CTLA4 polypeptide that is not conserved across species is used as immunogen; such non conserved residues can be determined using an amino acid sequence, e.g., using one of the programs described supra).
- a standard hydrophobicity analysis of the CTLA4 protein can be performed to identify hydrophilic regions.
- a CTLA4 immunogen typically is used to prepare antibodies by immunizing a suitable subject, (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) with the immunogen.
- An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a CTLA4 immunogen, a recombinantly expressed CTLA4 protein or a chemically synthesized CTLA4 immunogen.
- the preparation can further include an adjuvant, such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant, alum, a cytokine or cytokines, or similar immunostimulatory agent. Immunization of a suitable subject with an immunogenic CTLA4 preparation induces a polyclonal anti-CTLA4 antibody response.
- Antibodies typically comprise two heavy chains linked together by disulfide bonds and two light chains. Each light chain is linked to a respective heavy chain by disulfide bonds. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain at one end and a constant domain at its other end. The light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. The light chain constant domain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain. The constant domains in the light and heavy chains are not involved directly in binding the antibody to antigen. The variable domains of each pair of light and heavy chains form the antigen binding site.
- the domains on the light and heavy chains have the same general structure and each domain comprises a framework of four regions, whose sequences are relatively conserved, connected by three complementarity determining regions (CDRs).
- the four framework regions largely adopt a beta-sheet conformation and the CDRs form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the beta-sheet structure.
- the CDRs are held in close proximity by the framework regions and, with the CDRs from the other domain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site.
- CDRs and framework regions of antibodies may be determined by reference to Kabat et al (“Sequences of proteins of immunological interest” US Dept. of Health and Human Services, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1987).
- Polyclonal anti-CTLA4 antibodies can be prepared as described above by immunizing a suitable subject with a CTLA4 immunogen.
- the anti-CTLA4 antibody titer in the immunized subject can be monitored over time by standard techniques, such as with an enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) using immobilized a CTLA4 polypeptide.
- ELISA enzyme linked immunosorbent assay
- the antibody molecules directed against a CTLA4 polypeptide can be isolated from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) and further purified by well known techniques, such as protein A chromatography to obtain the IgG fraction.
- antibody-producing cells can be obtained from the subject and used to prepare monoclonal antibodies by standard techniques, such as the hybridoma technique originally described by Kohler and Milstein (1975 , Nature 256:495-497) (see also, Brown et al. (1981) J. Immunol. 127:539-46; Brown et al. (1980) J. Biol. Chem. 255:4980-83; Yeh et al. (1976) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76:2927-31; and Yeh et al. (1982) Int. J.
- an immortal cell line typically a myeloma
- lymphocytes typically splenocytes
- the culture supernatants of the resulting hybridoma cells are screened to identify a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody that binds specifically to a CTLA4 polypeptide.
- the immortal cell line e.g., a myeloma cell line
- the immortal cell line is derived from the same mammalian species as the lymphocytes.
- murine hybridomas can be made by fusing lymphocytes from a mouse immunized with an immunogenic preparation of the present invention with an immortalized mouse cell line.
- Preferred immortal cell lines are mouse myeloma cell lines that are sensitive to culture medium containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine (“HAT medium”). Any of a number of myeloma cell lines may be used as a fusion partner according to standard techniques, e.g., the P3-NS1/1-Ag4-1, P3-x63-Ag8.653 or Sp2/O-Ag14 myeloma lines. These myeloma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md.
- ATCC American Type Culture Collection
- HAT-sensitive mouse myeloma cells are fused to mouse splenocytes using polyethylene glycol (“PEG”).
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- Hybridoma cells resulting from the fusion are then selected using HAT medium, which kills unfused and unproductively fused myeloma cells (unfused splenocytes die after several days because they are not transformed).
- Hybridoma cells producing a monoclonal antibody of the invention are detected by screening the hybridoma culture supernatants for antibodies that bind a CTLA4 molecule, e.g., using a standard ELISA assay.
- Anti-CTLA4 antibodies may bind to any portion of the CTLA4 molecule.
- anti-CTLA4 antibodies bind to the extracellular domain of the CTLA4 molecule.
- Preferred antibodies bind to the CTLA4 molecule at a site in spatial proximity to the site of CD80/CD86 binding.
- anti-CTLA4 antibodies are affected by the substitution of the glutamic acid residue at position 46 of the CTLA4 molecule.
- preferred antibodies are affected by the substitution of the arginine at position 85 of the CTLA4 molecule.
- Preferred antibodies are anti-human CTLA4 monoclonal antibody numbers 25, 26, 27, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36, or 38 described herein. These antibodies were determined to be of the IgG1 isotype. The preparation and characterization of these antibodies is described in detail in the appended examples.
- Hybridoma cells were deposited with the American Type Culture Collection, which meets the requirements of the Budapest Treaty, on as ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 25 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 26 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 27 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 29 or hybridoma ), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 33 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No.
- a particularly preferred anti-human CTLA4 antibody is antibody 26, which is described in detail in the appended examples and which blocks binding to CD80/CD86 and, thus, results in blocking the transmission of a negative signal via CTLA4.
- the amino acid sequences of the VH and VK regions of antibody 26 are set forth in Example 6.
- the amino acid sequences of a humanized version of antibody 26 are provided in Example 7.
- a monoclonal anti-CTLA4 antibody can be identified and isolated by screening a recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin library (e.g., an antibody phage display library) with CTLA4 to thereby isolate immunoglobulin library members that bind a CTLA4 polypeptide.
- Kits for generating and screening phage display libraries are commercially available (e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System , Catalog No. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurfZAPTM Phage Display Kit , Catalog No. 240612).
- examples of methods and reagents particularly amenable for use in generating and screening antibody display library can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No.
- Antibody fragments such as Fv, F(ab′)2 and Fab may be prepared by cleavage of the intact protein, e.g., by protease or chemical cleavage.
- a truncated gene is designed.
- a chimeric gene encoding a portion of the F(ab′) 2 fragment would include DNA sequences encoding the CH1 domain and hinge region of the H chain, followed by a translational stop codon to yield the truncated molecule.
- consensus sequences of H and L J regions may be used to design oligonucleotides for use as primers to introduce useful restriction sites into the J region for subsequent linkage of V region segments to human C region segments.
- C region cDNA can be modified by site directed mutagenesis to place a restriction site at the analogous position in the human sequence.
- the antibody may be produced as a single chain, instead of the normal multimeric structure.
- Single chain antibodies are described in Jost et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 269:26267-73, and others.
- DNA sequences encoding the variable region of the heavy chain and the variable region of the light chain are ligated to a spacer encoding at least about 4 amino acids of small neutral amino acids, including glycine and/or serine.
- the protein encoded by this fusion allows assembly of a functional variable region that retains the specificity and affinity of the original antibody.
- the humanized antibody may be the product of an animal having transgenic human immunoglobulin constant region genes (see for example International Patent Applications WO 90/10077 and WO 90/04036).
- the antibody of interest may be engineered by recombinant DNA techniques to substitute the CH1, CH2, CH3, hinge domains, and/or the framework domain with the corresponding human sequence (see WO 92/02190).
- Ig cDNA for construction of chimeric immunoglobulin genes is known in the art (Liu et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 84:3439 and (1987) J. Immunol. 139:3521).
- mRNA is isolated from a hybridoma or other cell producing the antibody and used to produce cDNA.
- the cDNA of interest may be amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using specific primers (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202).
- a library is made and screened to isolate the sequence of interest.
- the DNA sequence encoding the variable region of the antibody is then fused to human constant region sequences.
- the sequences of human constant regions genes may be found in Kabat et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, N.I.H. publication no. 91-3242. Human C region genes are readily available from known clones. The choice of isotype will be guided by the desired effector functions, such as complement fixation, or activity in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity. Preferred isotypes are IgG1, IgG3 and IgG4. Either of the human light chain constant regions, kappa or lambda, may be used. The chimeric, humanized antibody is then expressed by conventional methods.
- Chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, for example using methods described in Robinson et al. International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al. European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al. European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al. PCT Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al. European Patent Application 125,023; Hardman et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,708; Better et al.
- humanized antibodies can be made according to standard protocols such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,777,085; 5,530,101; 5,693,762; 5,693,761; 5,882,644; 5,834,597; 5,932,448; and 5,565,332.
- Fully human anti-CTLA4 antibodies may also be made by immunizing animals (e.g., mice) transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes using the methods of Lonberg and Huszar (1995) Int. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93; Lonberg et al. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,877,397, 5,874,299, 5,814,318, 5,789,650, 5,770,429, 5,661,016, 5,633,425, 5,625,126, 5,569,825, and 5,545,806; and Kucherlapati et al. U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,162,963, 6,150,584, 6,114,598, and 6,075,181.
- an antibody may be humanized by grafting the desired CDRs onto a human framework, e.g., according to EP-A-0239400.
- a DNA sequence encoding the desired reshaped antibody can therefore be made beginning with the human DNA whose CDRs it is wished to reshape.
- the rodent variable domain amino acid sequence containing the desired CDRs is compared to that of the chosen human antibody variable domain sequence.
- the residues in the human variable domain are marked that need to be changed to the corresponding residue in the rodent to make the human variable region incorporate the rodent CDRs.
- Oligonucleotides can be synthesized that can be used to mutagenize the human variable domain framework to contain the desired residues. Those oligonucleotides can be of any convenient size.
- humanization may be achieved using the recombinant polymerase chain reaction (PCR) methodology of WO 92/07075.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- a CDR may be spliced between the framework regions of a human antibody.
- the technique of WO 92/07075 can be performed using a template comprising two human framework regions, AB and CD, and between them, the CDR which is to be replaced by a donor CDR.
- Primers A and B are used to amplify the framework region AB, and primers C and D used to amplify the framework region CD.
- the primers B and C each also contain, at their 5′ ends, an additional sequence corresponding to all or at least part of the donor CDR sequence.
- Primers B and C overlap by a length sufficient to permit annealing of their 5′ ends to each other under conditions which allow a PCR to be performed.
- the amplified regions AB and CD may undergo gene splicing by overlap extension to produce the humanized product in a single reaction.
- humanized anti-CTLA4 antibodies can be made by joining polynucleotides encoding portions of immunoglobulins capable of binding CTLA4 to polynucleotides encoding appropriate human framework regions.
- Exemplary humanization methods can be found, e.g., in Queen et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029 or U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,585,089, 5,693,762, 5,693,761, or 5,530,101, the teachings of which are incorporated herein in their entirety.
- a framework or variable region amino acid sequence of a CDR-providing non-human immunoglobulin is compared with corresponding sequences in a human immunoglobulin sequence collection, and a sequence having high homology is selected.
- a principle behind the selection is that as acceptor, a framework is used from a particular human immunoglobulin that is unusually homologous to the donor immunoglobulin to be humanized, or to use a consensus framework from many human antibodies.
- comparison of the sequence of a mouse heavy (or light) chain variable region against human heavy (or light) variable regions in a data bank shows that the extent of homology to different human regions varies greatly, typically from about 40% to about 60-70%.
- immunoglobulin one of the human heavy (respectively light) chain variable regions that is most homologous to the heavy (respectively light) chain variable region of the donor immunoglobulin as the acceptor, fewer amino acids will need to be changed in going from the donor immunoglobulin to the humanized immunoglobulin. Thus, there is a smaller chance of changing an amino acid near the CDRs that distorts their conformation.
- the precise overall shape of a humanized antibody comprising the humanized immunoglobulin chain may more closely resemble the shape of the donor antibody, also reducing the chance of distorting the CDRs. Due to codon degeneracy and non-critical amino-acid substitutions, other polynucleotide sequences can be readily substituted for those sequences, as detailed below.
- humanized antibody amino acids in the human Ig to be used can be replaced by the corresponding amino acids from the non-human starting Ig (donor sequence) if they are in a CDR.
- additional amino acids in the acceptor immunoglobulin chain may be replaced with amino acids from the CDR-donor immunoglobulin chain. More specifically, further substitutions of a human framework amino acid of the acceptor immunoglobulin with the corresponding amino acid from a donor immunoglobulin can be made at positions which fall into one or more of the following categories:
- the amino acid in the human framework region of the acceptor immunoglobulin is rare or unusual for human immunoglobulin sequences at that position, and the corresponding amino acid in the donor immunoglobulin is common for that position in human immunoglobulin sequences;
- the amino acid is predicted to be within about 3 angstroms of the CDRs in a three-dimensional immunoglobulin model and capable of interacting with the antigen or with the CDRs of the donor or humanized immunoglobulin.
- an amino acid in the acceptor sequence may optionally be replaced with an amino acid typical for human sequences at that position if:
- the amino acid in the acceptor immunoglobulin is rare for that position and the corresponding amino acid in the donor immunoglobulin is also rare, relative to other human sequences.
- the humanized immunoglobulin chain will typically comprise at least about 3 amino acids from the donor immunoglobulin in addition to the CDRs, usually at least one of which is immediately adjacent to a CDR in the donor immunoglobulin.
- the heavy and light chains may each be designed by using any one or all three of the position criteria.
- the humanized light and heavy chains of the present invention When combined into an intact antibody, the humanized light and heavy chains of the present invention will be substantially non-immunogenic in humans and retain substantially the same affinity as the donor immunoglobulin for the antigen (such as a protein or other compound containing an epitope). These affinity levels can vary from about 10 8 M ⁇ 1 or higher, and may be within about 4 fold, preferably within about 2 fold of the donor immunoglobulin. Ideally, the humanized antibodies will exhibit affinity levels at least about 60 to 90% of the donor immunoglobulin's original affinity to the antigen.
- one of the 3-5 most homologous heavy chain variable region sequences in a representative collection of at least about 10 to 20 distinct human heavy chains will be chosen as acceptor to provide the heavy chain framework, and similarly for the light chain.
- one of the 1-3 most homologous variable regions will be used.
- the selected acceptor immunoglobulin chain will most preferably have at least about 65% homology in the framework region to the donor immunoglobulin.
- the donor light and heavy chains will be compared only against chains from human antibodies whose complete sequence is known, e.g., the Eu, Lay, Pom, Wol, Sie, Gal, Ou and WEA antibodies (see, e.g., “Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” Kabat, E., et al., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, (1987)); occasionally, the last few amino acids of a human chain are not known and must be deduced by homology to other human antibodies).
- the human antibody will be chosen in which the light and heavy chain variable regions sequences, taken together, are overall most homologous to the donor light and heavy chain variable region sequences. Sometimes greater weight will be given to the heavy chain sequence. The chosen human antibody will then provide both light and heavy chain acceptor sequences. In practice, it is often found that the human Eu antibody will serve this role.
- acceptor immunoglobulin Regardless of how the acceptor immunoglobulin is chosen, higher affinity may be achieved by selecting a small number of amino acids in the framework of the humanized immunoglobulin chain to be the same as the amino acids at those positions in the donor rather than in the acceptor.
- a second principle is that the following categories define what amino acids may be selected from the donor. Preferably, at many or all amino acid positions in one of the following categories, the donor amino acid will in fact be selected.
- Category 1 The amino acid position is in a CDR is defined by see, e.g., “Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” Kabat, E. et al., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, (1987).
- Category 2 If an amino acid in the framework of the human acceptor immunoglobulin is unusual (i.e., “rare”, which as used herein indicates an amino acid occurring at that position in less than about 20% but usually less than about 10% of human heavy (respectively light) chain V region sequences in a representative data bank), and if the donor amino acid at that position is typical for human sequences (i.e., “common”, which as used herein indicates an amino acid occurring in more than about 25% but usually more than about 50% of sequences in a representative data bank), then the donor amino acid rather than the acceptor may be selected. This criterion helps ensure that an atypical amino acid in the human framework does not disrupt the antibody structure. Moreover, by replacing an unusual amino acid with an amino acid from the donor antibody that happens to be typical for human antibodies, the humanized antibody may be made less immunogenic.
- the donor amino acid(s) rather than acceptor amino acid may be selected. These amino acids are particularly likely to interact with the amino acids in the CDRs and, if chosen from the acceptor, to distort the donor CDRs and reduce affinity. Moreover, the adjacent amino acids may interact directly with the antigen (Amit et al., Science, 233, 747-753 (1986), which is incorporated herein by reference) and selecting these amino acids from the donor may be desirable to keep all the antigen contacts that provide affinity in the original antibody.
- Category 4 A 3-dimensional model, typically of the original donor antibody, shows that certain amino acids outside of the CDRs are close to the CDRs and have a good probability of interacting with amino acids in the CDRs by hydrogen bonding, Van der Waals forces, hydrophobic interactions, etc. At those amino acid positions, the donor immunoglobulin amino acid rather than the acceptor immunoglobulin amino acid may be selected. Amino acids according to this criterion will generally have a side chain atom within about 3 angstrom units of some atom in the CDRs and must contain an atom that could interact with the CDR atoms according to established chemical forces, such as those listed above.
- the 3 angstroms is measured between their nuclei, but for atoms that do not form a bond, the 3 angstroms is measured between their Van der Waals surfaces.
- the nuclei must be within about 6 angstroms (3+sum of the Van der Waals radii) for the atoms to be considered capable of interacting. In many cases the nuclei will be from 4 or 5 to 6 angstroms apart. In determining whether an amino acid can interact with the CDRs, it is preferred not to consider the last 8 amino acids of heavy chain CDR 2 as part of the CDRs, because from the viewpoint of structure, these 8 amino acids behave more as part of the framework.
- Amino acids in the framework that are capable of interacting with amino acids in the CDRs, and which therefore belong to Category 4, may be distinguished in another way.
- the solvent accessible surface area of each framework amino acid is calculated in two ways: (1) in the intact antibody, and (2) in a hypothetical molecule consisting of the antibody with its CDRs removed. A significant difference between these numbers of about 10 square angstroms or more shows that access of the framework amino acid to solvent is at least partly blocked by the CDRs, and therefore that the amino acid is making contact with the CDRs.
- Solvent accessible surface area of an amino acid may be calculated based on a 3-dimensional model of an antibody, using algorithms known in the art (e.g., Connolly, J. Appl. Cryst.
- Framework amino acids may also occasionally interact with the CDRs indirectly, by affecting the conformation of another framework amino acid that in turn contacts the CDRs.
- amino acids at several positions in the framework are known to be capable of interacting with the CDRs in many antibodies (Chothia and Lesk (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901; Chothia et al. (1989) Nature 342:877; and Tramontano et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:75, all of which are incorporated herein by reference), notably at positions 2, 48, 64 and 71 of the light chain and 26-30, 71 and 94 of the heavy chain (numbering according to Kabat, op. cit.), and therefore these amino acids will generally be in Category 4.
- humanized immunoglobulins, of the present invention will include donor amino acids (where different) in category 4 in addition to these.
- the amino acid at that position in the humanized immunoglobulin may be chosen to be some amino acid “typical” of human sequences. A preferred choice is the amino acid that occurs most often at that position in the known human sequences belonging to the same subgroup as the acceptor sequence.
- Human constant region DNA sequences can be isolated in accordance with well known procedures from a variety of human cells, but preferably immortalized B-cells (see, e.g., “Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” Kabat, E., et al., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, (1987) and WO87/02671).
- the CDRs for producing the immunoglobulins of the present invention will be similarly derived from monoclonal antibodies capable of binding to CTLA4 and produced in any convenient mammalian source, including, mice, rats, rabbits, or other vertebrate capable of producing antibodies by well known methods.
- Suitable source cells for the polynucleotide sequences and host cells for immunoglobulin expression and secretion can be obtained from a number of sources, such as the American Type Culture Collection (Catalogue of Cell Lines and Hybridomas, Fifth edition (1985) Rockville, Md., U.S.A., which is incorporated herein by reference).
- antibody chains or specific binding pair members can be produced by recombination between vectors comprising nucleic acid molecules encoding a fusion of a polypeptide chain of a specific binding pair member and a component of a replicable genetic display package and vectors containing nucleic acid molecules encoding a second polypeptide chain of a single binding pair member using techniques known in the art, e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,565,332, 5,871,907, 5,858,657, or 5,733,743.
- an antibody or antibody portion of the invention can be derivatized or linked to another functional molecule (e.g., a peptide or polypeptide). Accordingly, the antibodies and antibody portions of the invention are intended to include derivatized and otherwise modified forms of the anti-CTLA4 antibodies described herein, including, e.g., antibodies conjugated to other molecules (e.g., antibodies or polypeptides which bind to other T cell markers T cells).
- an antibody or antibody portion of the invention can be functionally linked (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., to create a bispecific antibody or a diabody), a detectable agent, a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent, and/or a protein or peptide that can mediate associate of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
- another antibody e.g., to create a bispecific antibody or a diabody
- a detectable agent e.g., to create a bispecific antibody or a diabody
- cytotoxic agent e.g., to create a bispecific antibody or a diabody
- a pharmaceutical agent e.g., to create a bispecific antibody or a diabody
- a protein or peptide that can mediate associate of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such
- One type of derivatized antibody is produced by crosslinking two or more antibodies (of the same type or of different types, e.g., to create bispecific antibodies).
- Suitable crosslinkers include those that are heterobifunctional, having two distinctly reactive groups separated by an appropriate spacer (e.g., m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester) or homobifunctional (e.g., disuccinimidyl suberate).
- Such linkers are available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, Ill.
- Useful detectable agents with which an antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be derivatized include fluorescent compounds.
- Exemplary fluorescent detectable agents include fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-1-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin and the like.
- An antibody may also be derivatized with detectable enzymes, such as alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase and the like. When an antibody is derivatized with a detectable enzyme, it is detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a detectable reaction product.
- the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase when the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase is present, the addition of hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine leads to a colored reaction product, which is detectable.
- An antibody may also be derivatized with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding.
- anti-CTLA4 antibody or an antigen binding portion thereof is infused into a subject to bring about destruction of activated T cells.
- CTLA4 is expressed exclusively on activated T cells.
- an immunotoxin that binds to and targets CTLA4 can be used to deplete these specific cells (e.g., by ablation by conjugating a toxic moiety to the antibody).
- toxic moieties are known in the art and may be conjugated to the antibodies of the invention (see Hertler and Frankel (1989) J. Clin. Oncol. 7:1932-1942).
- toxic moieties may disrupt the cell membrane without internalization, toxic moieties may be internalized via a non-specific mechanism, or toxic moieties may be specifically internalized, e.g., by direct interaction with specific receptor proteins on the cell.
- Toxic moieties for use in the claimed invention can be e.g., naturally occurring or synthetic.
- Toxic moieties may be proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous, e.g., oligosaccharides.
- Examples include: numerous useful plant-, fungus- or even bacteria-derived toxic moieties, which, by way of example, include various A chain toxic moieties, particularly ricin A chain, ribosome inactivating proteins such as saporin or gelonin, .alpha.-sarcin, aspergillin, restrictocin, ribonucleases such as placental ribonuclease, angiogenic, diphtheria toxin, and pseudomonas exotoxin, and calicheamicin and will be discussed in more detail below.
- a chain toxic moieties particularly ricin A chain
- ribosome inactivating proteins such as saporin or gelonin, .alpha.-sarcin, aspergillin, restrictocin
- ribonucleases such as placental ribonuclease, angiogenic, diphtheria toxin, and pseudomonas exotoxin, and calicheamicin and will be
- exemplary toxic moieties include “ribosome inactivating proteins” (RIPs) which by definition are able to directly inhibit the ribosomal translational machinery.
- the heterodimer peptide ricin is derived from the castor bean plant ( Ricinus communis ) and is an example of such a toxic moiety.
- the toxic activity of ricin is found entirely in one of its subunits (ricin A-chain).
- a toxic moiety for use in the claimed invention is an active subunit of a toxin molecule.
- Ricin A-chain is thought to deactivate ribosome function by specifically depurinating the single adenine at position 4324 of 28S rRNA (Chen et al.
- the Shiga-A toxic moiety from the microorganism Shigella dysenteriae also functions as an RIP (Fraser, M. E. (1994) Nat. Structural Biol. 1:59-64), as does the sarcin-A toxic moiety, derived from the mold Aspergillus giganteus (Lacadena et al. (1999) Proteins 37:474-484).
- Antibody-toxic moiety conjugates which include ricin-A and similar toxic moieties have been described previously in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,590,017, 4,906,469, 4,919,927, and 5,980,896, which are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
- Toxic moieties which ADP-ribosylate the protein elongation factor 2 e.g., bacterial diphtheria toxin (from Corynebacterium diphtheriae ) and inhibit protein synthesis (Foley et al. (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270:23218-23225) can also be used in the antibody-toxic moiety conjugates of the invention.
- Antibody-toxic moiety conjugates which include diphtheria toxin or related toxic moieties which ADP-ribosylate the EF-2 have been described previously, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,545,985.
- Still other toxic moieties are able to activate the adenylate cyclase cAMP system, causing unregulated transport of anions and cations through the membrane.
- An example of this type of toxic moiety is the cholera toxin (de Haan et al. (1998) Immunol. Cell Biol. 76:270-279) derived from Vibrio cholerae , a microorganism that can cause fluid secretion and hemorrhage of intestinal cells.
- the bacterial pertussis toxin (derived from Bordetella pertussis ) is able to specifically target the eukaryotic G protein complex, a key element in the transduction of many extracellular signal pathways, including those triggered by cytokine and hormone receptors.
- the pertussis toxin can ADP-ribosylate a subunit of the G protein complex, causing an uncoupling of its regulatory activity (Locht and Antoine (1995) Biochimie 77:333-340).
- a toxic moiety for use in the antibody-toxic moiety conjugates of the invention is an oligosaccharide.
- the oligosaccharide calicheamicin is a bacterial product which was identified as one of a class of carbohydrates which preferentially bind the minor groove of DNA (Kahne (1995) Chem. Biol. 2:7-12).
- Calicheamicin is known to non-specifically abstract the hydrogen atom from the 4′carbon of DNA deoxyribose groups causing double stranded DNA breaks with terminal 3′-phosphoglycolate groups which are refractory to normal cellular repair mechanisms (Chaudhry et al. (1999) Biochem. Pharmacol. 57:531-538).
- Calicheamicin is a preferred toxic moiety for use in connection with the invention.
- Antibody calicheamicin conjugates have been described (Sievers et al. (1999) Blood 93:3678-3684; Lode et al. (1998) Cancer Res. 58:2925-2928).
- Other synthetic cytotoxic compounds, such as CC-1065 have similar DNA-fragmenting mechanisms as calicheamicin and are also known in the art (Gunz and Naegeli (1996) Biochem. Pharmacol. 52:447-453).
- Antibody-toxic moiety conjugates in which calicheamicin is covalently attached to an antibody through disulfide bonds, have been described previously in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,773,001 and 5,739,116.
- Aerolysin is one example of such a toxic moiety. Aerolysin can form hepatomer channels through a membrane upon binding to a cell surface (Parker et al. (1996) Mol. Microbiol. 19:205-212; Buckley (1991) Experimentia 47:418-419). Molecular conjugates which include aerolysin have been described previously in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,824,776 and 5,817,771.
- a covalent linkage can be formed between the antibody and the toxic moiety.
- the existing cell-binding portion of a toxic moiety must first be removed or altered to suppress its non-specific activity (Hertler and Frankel (1989) J. Clin. Oncol. 7:1932-1942).
- the covalent linkage of antibody to toxic moiety generally involves formation of a thioester or a disulfide bond.
- conjugate compounds can be prepared by using N-succinimidyl-3-2(pyridyldithio)propionate, which can generate a disulfide linkage between an antibody and a toxic moiety (Colombatti et al. (1983) J. Immunology. 131:3091-3095). Numerous types of disulfide-bond containing linkers are known which can successfully be employed to conjugate the toxic moiety with a polypeptide.
- linkers used to conjugate a toxic moiety to an antibody are hydrolyzable (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,714,586 and 5,712,374 and EP 0689845).
- hydrolyzable linkers may contain two functional groups.
- One group typically is a carboxylic acid that is utilized to react with the antibody.
- the acid functional group when properly activated, can form an amide linkage with a free amine group of the antibody, such as, for example, the amino in the side chain of a lysine residue in the antibody.
- the other functional group commonly is a carbonyl group, e.g., an aldehyde or a ketone, which will react with a hydrazide group on the toxic moiety to form a hydrazone linkage.
- This linkage is hydrolyzable at the target cell (e.g., the cell being contacted by the antibody-toxic moiety conjugate) to release the toxic moiety from the antibody-toxic moiety conjugate.
- linkers that contain a disulfide bond that is sterically “hindered” are preferred, due to their greater stability in vivo, thus preventing release of the toxic moiety prior to binding at the site of action.
- An antibody, or antigen binding portion, of the invention can be prepared by recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light and heavy chain genes in a host cell.
- a host cell is transfected with one or more recombinant expression vectors carrying DNA fragments encoding the immunoglobulin light and heavy chains of the antibody such that the light and heavy chains are expressed in the host cell and, preferably, secreted into the medium in which the host cells are cultured, from which medium the antibodies can be recovered.
- Standard recombinant DNA methodologies are used obtain antibody heavy and light chain genes, incorporate these genes into recombinant expression vectors and introduce the vectors into host cells, such as those described in Sambrook, Fritsch and Maniatis (eds), Molecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition , Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., (1989), Ausubel, F. M. et al. (eds.) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , Greene Publishing Associates, (1989) and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397 by Boss et al.
- DNA fragments encoding the light and heavy chain variable regions are first obtained. These DNAs can be obtained by amplification and modification of germline light and heavy chain variable sequences using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- Germline DNA sequences for human heavy and light chain variable region genes are known in the art (see e.g., the “Vbase” human germline sequence database; see also Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition , U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242; Tomlinson, I. M., et al.
- DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains, obtained as described above, are inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operatively linked to transcriptional and translational control sequences.
- operatively linked is intended to mean that an antibody gene is ligated into a vector such that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector serve their intended function of regulating the transcription and translation of the antibody gene.
- the expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used.
- the antibody light chain gene and the antibody heavy chain gene can be inserted into separate vector or, more typically, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector.
- the antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody gene fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present).
- the expression vector may already carry antibody constant region sequences.
- one approach to converting the antibody-related VH and VL sequences to full-length antibody genes is to insert them into expression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chain constant regions, respectively, such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector.
- the recombinant expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from a host cell.
- the antibody chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in-frame to the amino terminus of the antibody chain gene.
- the signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein).
- nucleic acid sequences of the present invention capable of ultimately expressing the desired humanized antibodies can be formed from a variety of different polynucleotides (genomic or cDNA, RNA, synthetic oligonucleotides, etc.) and components (e.g., V, J, D, and C regions), as well as by a variety of different techniques. Joining appropriate genomic and synthetic sequences is presently the most common method of production, but cDNA sequences may also be utilized (see, European Patent Publication No. 0239400 and Reichmann, L. et al., Nature 332, 323-327 (1988), both of which are incorporated herein by reference).
- the recombinant expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the antibody chain genes in a host cell.
- the term “regulatory sequence” includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes.
- Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc.
- Preferred regulatory sequences for mammalian host cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV) (such as the CMV promoter/enhancer), Simian Virus 40 (SV40) (such as the SV40 promoter/enhancer), adenovirus, (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma.
- CMV cytomegalovirus
- SV40 Simian Virus 40
- AdMLP adenovirus major late promoter
- the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes.
- the selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.).
- the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced.
- Preferred selectable marker genes include the dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr-host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
- DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
- the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is transfected into a host cell by standard techniques.
- the various forms of the term “transfection” are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like.
- Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NSO myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells.
- Chinese Hamster Ovary CHO cells
- dhfr-CHO cells described in Urlaub and Chasin (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621
- NSO myeloma cells COS cells
- the antibodies When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
- Host cells can also be used to produce portions of intact antibodies, such as Fab fragments or scFv molecules. It will be understood that variations on the above procedure are within the scope of the present invention. For example, it may be desirable to transfect a host cell with DNA encoding either the light chain or the heavy chain (but not both) of an antibody of this invention. Recombinant DNA technology may also be used to remove some or all of the DNA encoding either or both of the light and heavy chains that is not necessary for binding to CTLA4. The molecules expressed from such truncated DNA molecules are also encompassed by the antibodies of the invention. In addition, bifunctional antibodies may be produced in which one heavy and one light chain are an antibody of the invention and the other heavy and light chain are specific for an antigen other than CTLA4 by crosslinking an antibody of the invention to a second antibody by standard chemical crosslinking methods.
- a recombinant expression vector encoding both the antibody heavy chain and the antibody light chain is introduced into dhfr-CHO cells by calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
- the antibody heavy and light chain genes are each operatively linked to enhancer/promoter regulatory elements (e.g., derived from SV40, CMV, adenovirus and the like, such as a CMV enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory element or an SV40 enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory element) to drive high levels of transcription of the genes.
- the recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene, which allows for selection of CHO cells that have been transfected with the vector using methotrexate selection/amplification.
- the selected transformant host cells are culture to allow for expression of the antibody heavy and light chains and intact antibody is recovered from the culture medium. Standard molecular biology techniques are used to prepare the recombinant expression vector, transfect the host cells, select for transformants, culture the host cells and recover the antibody from the culture medium.
- Antibodies e.g., whole antibodies, their dimers, individual light and heavy chains, or other immunoglobulin forms of the present invention
- Substantially pure immunoglobulins of at least about 90 to 95% homogeneity are preferred, and 98 to 99% or more homogeneity most preferred, for pharmaceutical uses.
- polypeptides may then be used therapeutically (including extracorporeally) or in developing and performing assay procedures, immunofluorescent stainings, and the like.
- therapeutically including extracorporeally
- immunofluorescent stainings See, generally, Immunological Methods, Vols. I and II, Lefkovits and Pemis, eds., Academic Press, New York, N.Y. (1979 and 1981)).
- nucleic acid, vector and host cell compositions that can be used for recombinant expression of the antibodies and antibody portions of the invention.
- preferred portions of the heavy chain variable region of antibody 26 include: FR1, amino acids 1-28; CDR1, amino acids 29-35; FR2, amino acids 36-49; CDR2, amino acids 50-66; FR3, amino acids 67-97; CDR3, amino acids 98-111; FR4, amino acids 112-123.
- the various regions of the light chain variable region of antibody 26 include: FR1, amino acids 1-23; CDR1, amino acids 24-33; FR2, amino acids 34-48; CDR2, amino acids 49-55; FR3, amino acids 56-77; CDR3, amino acids 78-87; FR4, amino acids 88-106.
- the invention pertains to a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:3 (mouse antibody 26 VH sequence), 5 (mouse antibody 26 VK sequence), 7 (humanized antibody 26 VK sequence), or 9 (humanized antibody 26 VH sequence).
- the invention pertains to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: SEQ ID NO:4 (mouse antibody 26 VH sequence), 6 (mouse antibody 26 VK sequence), 8 (humanized antibody 26 VK sequence), or 10 (humanized antibody 26 VH sequence).
- nucleotide sequences encoding antibodies, or portions thereof can be derived from the nucleotide sequences encoding the antibody using the genetic code and standard molecular biology techniques.
- the invention also provides recombinant expression vectors encoding both an antibody heavy chain and an antibody light chain.
- the invention provides a recombinant expression vector encoding:
- the invention also provides host cells into which one or more of the recombinant expression vectors of the invention have been introduced.
- the host cell is a mammalian host cell, more preferably the host cell is a CHO cell, an NSO cell or a COS cell.
- the invention provides a method of synthesizing a recombinant human antibody of the invention by culturing a host cell of the invention in a suitable culture medium until a recombinant human antibody of the invention is synthesized.
- the method can further comprise isolating the recombinant human antibody from the culture medium.
- anti CTLA4 antibodies can be administered in multivalent form (e.g., to downmodulate an immune response)
- CTLA4 antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof can be incorporated into constructs for downmodulating the immune response by expressing them on or attaching them to a surface that, upon introduction into a subject, would be exposed to the extracellular milieu.
- the antigen binding portion of the antibody is available to bind to the appropriate molecules expressed on a T cell of the subject to which the constructs are administered.
- Such constructs can comprise a surface which acts to anchor an antigen-binding portion of an antibody that binds to CTLA4.
- a variety of different surfaces can be used in making the constructs of the invention.
- antibody binding portions can be attached to polymers comprising an exposed surface.
- Exemplary polymers include polysaccharides, acrylic polymers (e.g., polyacrolein or polystyrene or poly (alpha-hydroxy acids)), lactic acid polymers, or copolymers such as, polymers of lactic and glycolic acids.
- Beads and microbeads comprising a surface to which antigen binding portions of anti-CTLA4 antibody can be attached are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,871,747 and the like).
- such a construct can comprise a lipid bilayer.
- a construct can be an acellular construct, e.g., a liposome or a micelle.
- a construct for use in the instant invention is a cell, such as a prokaryotic or a eukaryotic cell. Cells may be derived from any tissue or organ. Exemplary cells are derived from peripheral blood. Preferred cells include cells that can be maintained in culture.
- a cell for use in a construct of the invention is a syngeneic cell.
- a cell for use in a construct of the invention is an allogeneic cell.
- a cell for use in a construct of the invention is a xenogeneic cell.
- the cell is selected to provide a missing or diminished function in the subject. For example, in the case of a subject that would benefit from transplantation of a liver cell, a liver cell can be used in the subject construct.
- a cell for use in a construct of the invention can be a wild-type (naturally occurring) cell or can comprise alterations that optimize its use in the subject constructs.
- such a cell can be altered to express molecules which enhance its ability to bind to a T cell in a subject, e.g., by altering the cell to express adhesion molecules.
- such a cell can be altered to eliminate expression of molecules that promote immunostimulation (e.g., CD28 or cytokines).
- such a cell can be altered to modify the ability of such a cell to process antigen so that the peptides presented by the cell can be controlled (e.g., by introducing a defect in antigen processing, see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,160).
- a molecule for attachment can be associated with the exposed surface of the construct, e.g., in a covalent linkage.
- Covalent linkage includes, e.g., linkage by a bifunctional coupling agent and oxidative linkage.
- a molecule for attachment can be attached to the exposed surface directly (e.g., to the surface itself).
- a molecule can be attached indirectly (e.g., attached to another molecule, such as a lipid (e.g., a fatty acid chain or prenyl group) or a polypeptide, present on the exposed surface.
- organic molecules containing carboxyl groups or that can be carboxylated can be coupled by the mixed anhydride reaction, by reaction with a water-soluble carbodiimide, or esterification with N-hydroxysuccinimide.
- Carboxylation can be performed by reactions such as alkylation of oxygen or nitrogen substituents with haloesters, followed by hydrolysis of the ester, or the formation of hemisuccinate esters or carboxymethyloximes on hydroxyl or ketone groups of steroids.
- Organic molecules with amino groups or nitro groups reducible to amino groups can be converted to diazonium salts and reacted with proteins at mildly alkaline pH, for aromatic amines.
- Organic molecules with aliphatic amines can be conjugated to proteins by various methods, including reaction with carbodiimides, reaction with the homobifunctional reagent tolylene-2,4-diisocyanate, or reaction with maleimide compounds.
- Aliphatic amines can also be converted to aromatic amines by reaction with p-nitrobenzoylchloride and subsequent reduction to a p-aminobenzoylamide, which can then be coupled to proteins after diazotization.
- bifunctional imidate esters such as dimethylpimelimidate, dimethyladipimidate, or dimethylsuberimidate, can be used to conjugate amino group-containing organic molecules to proteins.
- Thiol-containing organic molecules can be conjugated to proteins with malemides, such as 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid N-hydroxysuccinimide ester.
- malemides such as 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid N-hydroxysuccinimide ester.
- an alcohol function can be converted to the hemisuccinate, which introduces a carboxyl group available for conjugation.
- the bifunctional reagent sebacoyldichloride converts an alcohol to an acid chloride, which then reacts with proteins.
- Phenols can be activated with diazotized p-aminobenzoic acid, which introduces a carboxyl group, and can then be reacted with the proteins by the mixed anhydride reaction.
- Sugars can be activated by forming a p-nitrophenyl glycoside, followed by reduction of the nitro group to an amino group and conjugation by diazotization.
- Other methods include the cleavage of vicinal glycols of sugars to aldehydes by reaction with periodate, followed by coupling to amines by reductive alkylation with sodium borohydride.
- hydroxyl containing organic molecules can be conjugated after conversion to chlorocarbonates by reaction with phosgene.
- carboxyl groups can be introduced through the formation of O-carboxymethyloximes.
- Ketone groups can also be derivatized with p-hydrazinobenzoic acid to produce carboxyl groups.
- Organic molecules containing aldehydes can be directly conjugated through the formation of Schiff bases that are stabilized by reaction with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride.
- Oxidative linkages can also be used. Oxidative linkage is particularly useful when coupling radioactive iodine to antibodies. Suitable methods include: (1) chemical oxidation with chloramine-T; (2) chemical oxidation with iodogen (1,3,4,6-tetrachloro 3.alpha.,6.alpha.-diphenylglycoluril); (3) oxidation with the enzyme lactoperoxidase. Although not an oxidative procedure, another useful method for labeling with iodine is with 125 I N-succinimidyl 3-(4-hydroxyphenylpropionate), generally known as Bolton-Hunter reagent. These techniques are described, e.g., in E. Harlow and D. Lane, “Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual” (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988), pp. 324-339.
- an anti-CTLA4 antibody can be attached via a transmembrane domain (e.g., a membrane-spanning region of an integral membrane protein).
- a transmembrane domain e.g., a membrane-spanning region of an integral membrane protein
- Such a domain can be derived from the protein to be attached or from a different protein.
- integral membrane proteins from which transmembrane domains can be derived include cell surface receptors (e.g., growth factor receptors), adhesion molecules (e.g., integrins, or selectins), or CD antigens.
- transmembrane domains can be Type I domains which comprise about 25 hydrophobic amino acid residues and are usually followed by a cluster of basic amino acids (e.g., as found in CD2, CD40, or IL-4 receptor).
- Type II transmembrane domains can also be used. Type II domains cross the membrane such that the carboxy-terminal portion of the polypeptide is extracellular (e.g., in the case of CD72). Type III transmembrane domains can also be employed. Such domains cross a lipid bilayer numerous times (e.g., as in the case of G-protein linked receptors).
- a molecule can be attached to the subject constructs using a glycosylphosphatidylinositol (GPI) anchor attached to the carboxy-terminal residue of the molecule.
- GPI anchors can be derived from human placental alkaline phosphatase (see, e.g., Whitehorn et al. 1995 Biotechnology 13:1215-1219).
- GPI anchored molecules may have a signal sequence at their carboxy-terminus that is cleaved off and replaced by the GPI anchor (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,432).
- a cell in another embodiment, can be caused to express a molecule comprising a CTLA4 binding molecule (e.g., an anti-CTLA4 antibody or antigen binding portion thereof).
- a CTLA4 binding molecule e.g., an anti-CTLA4 antibody or antigen binding portion thereof.
- active molecules can be linked to cells as well as other surfaces to form the constructs of the invention.
- cells can be caused to express an active molecule by various nucleic acid manipulation procedures.
- Nucleic acid sequences encoding the selected molecules for expression in the invention may be obtained using known procedures for molecular cloning and replication of the vector or plasmid carrying the sequences in a suitable host cell.
- Nucleic acid sequences for use in the present invention may also be produced in part or in total by chemical synthesis, e.g. by the phosphoramidite method described by Beaucage and Carruthers, Tetra. Letts. 22:1859-1862 (1981), or the triester method (Matteucci et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981)), and may be performed on commercial automated oligonucleotide synthesizers.
- a double-stranded fragment may be obtained from the single-stranded product of chemical synthesis either by synthesizing the complementary strand and annealing the strand together under appropriate conditions, or by synthesizing the complementary strand using DNA polymerase with an appropriate primer sequence.
- the natural or synthetic nucleic acid fragments coding for a desired sequence may be incorporated into vectors capable of introduction into and replication in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell.
- the vectors are suitable for replication in a unicellular host, such as yeast or bacteria, but may also be introduced into cultured mammalian or plant or other eukaryotic cell lines, with or without integration within the genome.
- the vectors will typically comprise an expression system recognized by the host cell, including the intended recombinant nucleic acid fragment encoding the desired polypeptide.
- the vectors will also contain a selectable marker, i.e. a gene encoding a protein needed for the survival or growth of a host cell transformed with the vector.
- Typical selection genes encode proteins that 1) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxic substances, e.g. ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, etc.; b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or c)supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g. the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
- antibiotics or other toxic substances e.g. ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, etc.
- auxotrophic deficiencies e.g. the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
- the choice of the proper selectable marker will depend on the host cell, and appropriate markers for different hosts are well known in the art.
- Such vectors may be prepared by means of standard recombinant techniques well known in the art (Sambrook et al., (1989); Ausubel et al., (1987)).
- nucleic acid may be directly introduced ex vivo in the form of “naked” nucleic acid, e.g. by microinjection, electroporation, as calcium-phosphate-DNA gels, with DEAE dextran, or in encapsulated form, e.g. in vesicles such as liposomes, or in a suitable viral vector.
- Vectors containing the nucleic acid encoding the desired molecules for expression are preferably recombinant expression vectors in which high levels of gene expression may occur, and which contain appropriate regulatory sequences for transcription and translation of the inserted nucleic acid sequence.
- Regulatory sequences refers to those sequences normally associated (e.g. within 50 kb) of the coding region of a locus which affect the expression of the gene (including transcription of the gene, and translation, splicing, stability or the like, of the messenger RNA).
- a transcriptional regulatory region encompasses all the elements necessary for transcription, including the promoter sequence, enhancer sequence and transcription factor binding sites. Regulatory sequences also include, inter alia, splice sites and polyadenylation sites.
- An internal ribosomal entry site(IRES) sequence may be placed between recombinant coding sequences to permit expression of more than one coding sequence with a single promoter.
- Exemplary transcriptional control regions include: the SV40 early promoter region, the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter (human CMV IE94 promoter region (Boshart et al, Cell, 41:521-530 (1985)); the promoter contained in the 3′ long terminal repeat of Rous sarcoma virus or other retroviruses; the herpes thymidine kinase promoter; the regulatory sequences of the methallothionein gene; regions from the human IL-2 gene (Fujita et al., Cell, 46:401-407 (1986)); regions from the human IFN gene (Ciccarone et al., J. Immunol.
- CMV cytomegalovirus
- human CMV IE94 promoter region Boshart et al, Cell, 41:521-530 (1985)
- the promoter contained in the 3′ long terminal repeat of Rous sarcoma virus or other retroviruses the herpes thymidine kina
- recombinant coding sequences may be positioned in the vector so that their expression is regulated by regulatory sequences such as promoters naturally residing in the viral vector.
- operational elements may include leader sequences, termination codons, and other sequences needed or preferred for the appropriate transcription and subsequent translation of the inserted nucleic acid sequences.
- Secretion signals may also be included whether from a native protein, or from other secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, which permit the molecule to enter cell membranes, and attain a functional conformation.
- expression control elements will depend on the recipient (“host”) cells chosen to express the molecules.
- the expression vector should contain additional elements needed for the transfer and subsequent replication of the expression vector containing the inserted nucleic acid sequences in the host cells. Examples of such elements include, but are not limited to, origins of replication and selectable markers.
- the vector may contain at least one positive marker that enables the selection of cells carrying the inserted nucleic acids.
- the selectable molecule may be a gene which, upon introduction into the cell, expresses a dominant phenotype permitting positive selection of cells carrying the gene.
- Genes of this type are known in the art and include, for example, drug resistance genes such as hygromycin-B phosphotransferase (hph) which confers resistance to the antibiotic G418; the aminoglycoside phosphotransferase gene (neo or aph) from Tn5 which codes for resistance to the antibiotic G418; the dihydrofolate reductase (DHRF) gene; the adenosine deaminase gene (ADA) and the multi-drug resistance (MDR) gene.
- hph hygromycin-B phosphotransferase
- DHRF dihydrofolate reductase
- ADA adenosine deaminase
- Suitable vectors for the invention may be plasmid or viral vectors, including baculoviruses, adenoviruses, poxviruses, adenoassociated viruses (AAV), and retroviral vectors (Price et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:156-160 (1987) such as the MMLV based replication incompetent vector pMV-7 (Kirschmeier et al., DNA 7:219-225 (1988)), as well as human and yeast artificial chromosomes (HACs and YACs).
- Plasmid expression vectors include plasmids including pBR322, pUC or BLUESCRIPTTM (Stratagene, San Diego, Calif.). Exemplary vectors are described e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,040,147; 6,033,908; 6,037,172; 6,027,722; 5,741,486; 5,656,465.
- Recombinant viral vectors are introduced into cells using standard infection conditions. Infection techniques have been developed which use recombinant infectious virus particles for gene delivery into cells.
- Viral vectors used in this way include vectors derived from simian virus 40 (SV40; Karlsson et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:158 (1985)); adenoviruses(Karlsson etl al., EMBO J., 5:2377 (1986)); AAV (Carter, Current Opinion in Biotechnology, 3:533-539 (1992)); vaccinia virus (Moss, et.
- SV40 simian virus 40
- Karlsson et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:158 (1985)
- adenoviruses Karlsson etl al., EMBO J., 5:2377 (1986)
- AAV Carter, Current Opinion in Biotechnology,
- genes are inserted so as to be under the transcriptional control of the promoter incorporated in the retroviral long terminal repeat (LTR), or by placing them under the control of a heterologous promoter inserted between the LTRs.
- LTR long terminal repeat
- Nonreplicating viral vectors can be produced in packaging cell lines which produce virus particles which are infectious but replication defective, rendering them useful vectors for introduction of nucleic acid into a cell lacking complementary genetic information enabling encapsidation (Mann et al., cell 33:153 (1983); Miller and Buttimore, Mol. Cell. Biol. 6:2895 (1986) (PA317, ATCC CRL9078).
- Packaging cell lines which contain amphotrophic packaging genes able to transduce cells of human and other species origin are preferred.
- DNA vectors containing the inserted genes or coding sequences are introduced into cells using standard methods, such as electroporation, liposomal preparations, Ca-PH-DNA gels, DEAE-dextran, nucleic acid particle “guns” and other suitable methods.
- nucleic acid encoding the selected molecules is inserted by standard recombinant DNA methods into a vector containing appropriate transcription and translation control sequences, including initiation sequences operably linked to the gene sequence to result in expression of the recombinant genes in the recipient host.
- Operably linked refers to a juxtaposition wherein the components are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner.
- a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter effects its transcription or expression.
- nucleic acid sequences encoding the proteins or protein fragments selected for expression in may be inserted in a single vector or in separate vectors. More than one gene encoding a selected polypeptide, or portion thereof, may be inserted into a single vector or in separate vectors.
- expression of recombinant genes of interest after introduction into APCs is confirmed by immunoassays or biological assays for functional activity of the protein product.
- expression of introduced molecules into cells may be confirmed by detecting the binding of labeled antibodies specific for the molecules to the cells using assays well known in the art such as FACS(Fluorescent Activated Cell Sorting) or ELISA (enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay).
- Biological activity of the engineered cells can be verified, for example, in in vitro assays.
- the ability of the cells of the invention to function as desired, e.g. to bind to CTLA4 and to downmodulate an immune response may be tested using standard in vitro and/or in vivo assays.
- CTLA4 antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof (including antibody or antibody binding portion toxic moiety-conjugates) of the invention can be incorporated into compositions, e.g., pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration.
- Such compositions typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
- the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
- routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
- Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
- the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, CREMOPHOR ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (e.g., a CTLA4 protein or anti-CTLA4 antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
- the active compound e.g., a CTLA4 protein or anti-CTLA4 antibody
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
- the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
- an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
- a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
- a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
- the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- a suitable propellant e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
- penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
- penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
- Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
- the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
- the compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- suppositories e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides
- retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
- the materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
- Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
- Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
- the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
- Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
- the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
- the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity.
- the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
- the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
- a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
- IC50 i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
- levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
- a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody to a CTLA4 protein is administered to a subject.
- a therapeutically effective amount of antibody i.e., an effective dosage
- an effective dosage ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight.
- certain factors may influence the dosage required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general
- treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.
- a subject is treated with antibody in the range of between about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks.
- the effective dosage of antibody used for treatment may increase or decrease over the course of a particular treatment. Changes in dosage may result from the results of diagnostic assays as described herein.
- a pharmaceutical composition for injection could be made up to contain 1 ml sterile buffered water, and 1 to 50 mg of antibody.
- a typical composition for intravenous infusion could be made up to contain 250 ml of sterile Ringer's solution, and 150 mg of antibody.
- Actual methods for preparing parenterally administrable compositions will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 15th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. (1980), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the compositions containing the present human-like antibodies or a cocktail thereof can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments.
- compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the disease and its complications.
- An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as a “therapeutically effective dose.” Amounts effective for this use will depend upon the severity of the infection and the general state of the patient's own immune system, but generally range from about 1 to about 200 mg of antibody per dose, with dosages of from 5 to 25 mg being more commonly used. It must be kept in mind that the materials of this invention may generally be employed in serious disease states, that is life-threatening or potentially life-threatening situations.
- compositions containing the present antibodies or a cocktail thereof are administered to a patient not already in a disease state to enhance the patient's resistance. Such an amount is defined to be a “prophylactically effective dose.” In this use, the precise amounts again depend upon the patient's state of health and general level of immunity, but generally range from 0.1 to 25 mg per dose, especially 0.5 to 2.5 mg per dose. A preferred prophylactic use is for the prevention of kidney transplant rejection.
- Single or multiple administrations of the compositions can be carried out with dose levels and pattern being selected by the treating physician. In any event, the pharmaceutical formulations should provide a quantity of the antibody(ies) of this invention sufficient to effectively treat the patient.
- kits for practice of the instant invention are also provided.
- a diagnostic kit comprises an antibody reactive with CTLA4 conjugated to a toxic moiety.
- the kit can further comprise a means for administering the antibody conjugate, e.g., one or more syringes.
- the kit can come packaged with instructions for use.
- the antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods of treatment, e.g., up- or down-modulating the immune response. Such methods involve contacting an antibody of the invention with a T cell. The step of contacting can be performed either in vitro or in vivo.
- the antibodies of the instant invention can be used for research purposes, e.g., in staining for CTLA4 bearing cells, e.g., by forms of the antibodies which have been labeled with a detectable label, or by using a secondary antibody which is conjugated to a detectable label.
- the subject antibodies can be used in methods of isolating CTLA4 bearing cells, as well as in methods of purifying CTLA4 to homogeneity, for example, using an affinity column.
- the present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant or undesirable CTLA4 expression or activity.
- the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with aberrant CTLA4 expression or activity or aberrant T cell activation, by administering to the subject an anti-CTLA4 antibody or conjugate thereof, or an agent which modulates CTLA4 polypeptide expression or at least one CTLA4 or T cell activity.
- Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by aberrant or undesirable CTLA4 expression or activity or undesirable T cell activation can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays known in the art.
- Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms for which modulation of CTLA4 activity would be beneficial, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression.
- anti-CTLA4 antibodies may be administered.
- a soluble, monovalent form of an anti-CTLA4 antibody or a multivalent, cross-linked form of an activating or a blocking anti-CTLA4 antibody can be used for treating the subject.
- CTLA4 has been demonstrated to transmit an inhibitory signal to immune cells upon binding to costimulatory molecules on antigen presenting cells. Accordingly, the activity and/or expression of CTLA4 as well as the interaction between CTLA4 and costimulatory molecules can be modulated in order to modulate the immune response.
- Modulatory methods of the invention involve contacting a T cell with an antibody that recognizes CTLA4 or a toxic moiety conjugate thereof.
- the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder that would benefit from modulation of a CTLA4 protein activity, e.g., a disorder which would benefit from up or downmodulation of the immune response, or which is characterized by aberrant expression or activity of a CTLA4 protein or nucleic acid molecule.
- the method involves administering an antibody, or combination of antibodies that modulates (e.g., upregulates or downregulates) CTLA4 expression or activity or T cell activity.
- costimulation of T cells is modulated resulting in modulation of the immune response.
- Stimulation of CTLA4 activity is desirable in situations in which CTLA4 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased CTLA4 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.
- inhibition of CTLA4 activity is desirable in situations in which CTLA4 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased CTLA4 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.
- an anti-CTLA4 activating antibody that acts as a CTLA4 agonist in soluble form is used to transmit a negative signal to a T cell via CTLA4.
- an anti-CTLA4 antibody of the invention is used in multivalent form, e.g., is presented on a bead or crosslinked with a second antibody that recognizes the anti-CTLA4 antibody such that CTLA4 molecules on the surface of a T cell are cross-linked.
- CTLA4 molecule is only present on activated T cells, therefore, anti-CTLA4 antibodies conjugated to toxic moieties are a means of targeting the destruction of activated T cells.
- an immune response can be downmodulated by the use of an anti-CTLA4 antibody conjugated to a toxic moiety molecule to selectively eliminate activated, CTLA4 bearing T cells.
- Downregulation can be in the form of inhibiting or blocking an immune response already in progress or may involve preventing the induction of an immune response.
- the functions of activated T cells can be inhibited by down-regulating immune cell responses or by inducing specific anergy in immune cells, or both.
- an antibody used to downmodulate a CTLA4 activity or a T cell activity is a bispecific antibody.
- such an antibody can comprise a CTLA4 binding site and another binding site which targets a cell surface receptor on a T cell.
- such an antibody in addition to comprising a CTLA4 binding site can further comprise a binding site which binds, e.g., to a T-cell antigen receptor in order to more efficiently target the molecule to a specific cell population.
- Antibodies that mimic interaction of CTLA4 with a costimulatory molecule can be identified by their ability to inhibit immune cell proliferation and/or effector function or to induce anergy when added to an in vitro assay.
- cells can be cultured in the presence of an agent that stimulates signal transduction via an activating receptor.
- a number of art recognized readouts of cell activation can be employed to measure the ability of an antibody to transmit a negative signal, e.g., by measuring its effect on cell proliferation or T cell effector function (e.g., cytokine production) in the presence of the activating agent.
- T cell effector function e.g., cytokine production
- the ability of a test agent to block this activation can be readily determined by measuring the ability of the agent to effect a decrease in proliferation or effector function being measured.
- tolerance is induced against specific antigens by co-administering an antigen with an anti-CTLA4 antibody.
- tolerance can be induced to specific proteins (e.g., therapeutic proteins).
- immune responses to allergens or foreign proteins to which an immune response is undesirable can be inhibited.
- patients that receive Factor VIII frequently generate antibodies against this clotting factor.
- Co-administration of an inhibitory form of an anti-CTLA4 antibody or a toxic moiety conjugate thereof, in combination with recombinant factor VIII (or by physically linked to Factor VIII, e.g., by cross-linking) can result in downmodulation of the immune response.
- immunomodulatory agents can be administered in combination with the subject antibodies or conjugates.
- immunomodulating reagents include antibodies that block a costimulatory signal, (e.g., against CD28, ICOS), antibodies against other immune cell markers (e.g., against CD40, against CD40 ligand, or against cytokines), fusion proteins (e.g., CTLA4-Fc), and immunosuppressive drugs, (e.g., rapamycin, cyclosporine A or FK506).
- Activating a CTLA4 inhibitory function is useful to downmodulate the immune response, e.g., in situations of tissue, skin and organ transplantation, in graft-versus-host disease (GVHD), or in autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus, and multiple sclerosis.
- GVHD graft-versus-host disease
- autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus, and multiple sclerosis.
- blockage of immune cell function results in reduced tissue destruction in tissue transplantation.
- rejection of the transplant is initiated through its recognition as foreign by immune cells, followed by an immune reaction that destroys the transplant.
- an antibody which activates a CTLA4 molecule or an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate that binds to CTLA4, alone or in combination with another downmodulatory agent prior to or at the time of transplantation can inhibit the immune response.
- promotion of a CTLA4 inhibitory signal may also be sufficient to anergize the immune cells, thereby inducing tolerance in a subject.
- anti-CTLA4 can induce long term tolerance in a subject and may avoid the necessity of repeated administration of these blocking reagents.
- B7-1, B7-2, or B7-1 and B7-2 may also be desirable to block the costimulatory function of other molecules.
- Activating a CTLA4 inhibitory function or targeting T cells with an antibody toxic moiety conjugate is also useful in treating autoimmune disease.
- Many autoimmune disorders are the result of inappropriate activation of immune cells that are reactive against self tissue and which promote the production of cytokines and autoantibodies involved in the pathology of the diseases. Preventing the activation of autoreactive immune cells may reduce or eliminate disease symptoms.
- Administration of CTLA4 activating antibodies that transmit a negative signal via CTLA4 or anti-CTLA4 toxic moiety conjugates is useful to inhibit immune cell activation and prevent production of autoantibodies or cytokines which may be involved in the disease process.
- agents that promote an inhibitory function of CTLA4 can induce antigen-specific tolerance of autoreactive immune cells which can lead to long-term relief from the disease.
- the efficacy of reagents in preventing or alleviating autoimmune disorders can be determined using a number of well-characterized animal models of human autoimmune diseases. Examples include murine experimental autoimmune encephalitis, systemic lupus erythematosus in MRL/lpr/lpr mice or NZB hybrid mice, murine autoimmune collagen arthritis, diabetes mellitus in NOD mice and BB rats, and murine experimental myasthenia gravis (see Paul ed., Fundamental Immunology , Raven Press, New York, 1989, pp. 840-856).
- Inhibition of immune cell activation is useful therapeutically in the treatment of allergy and allergic reactions, e.g., by inhibiting IgE production.
- An agent that promotes a CTLA4 inhibitory function or an anti-CTLA4 toxic moiety conjugate can be administered to an allergic subject to inhibit immune cell mediated allergic responses in the subject.
- Activating CTLA4 may also be useful in treating allergies.
- Stimulation of a CTLA4 inhibitory pathway can be accompanied by exposure to allergen in conjunction with appropriate MHC molecules.
- Allergic reactions can be systemic or local in nature, depending on the route of entry of the allergen and the pattern of deposition of IgE on mast cells or basophils.
- inhibition of immune cell mediated allergic responses can be effected locally or systemically by administration of an inhibitory form of an antibody that promotes an inhibitory function of CTLA4 or an anti-CTLA4-toxic moiety conjugate.
- Inhibition of immune cell activation through stimulation of CTLA4 inhibitory activity may also be important therapeutically in viral infections of immune cells.
- AIDS acquired immune deficiency syndrome
- Stimulation of CTLA4 inhibitory function may result in inhibition of viral replication and thereby ameliorate the course of AIDS.
- an anti-CTLA4 blocking antibody that blocks the interaction of CTLA4 with its naturally occurring ligand (e.g., CD80 and/or CD86) acts as a CTLA4 antagonist in soluble form and is used to inhibit the transmission of a negative signal to a T cell via CTLA4.
- Upregulation of immune responses can be in the form of enhancing an existing immune response or eliciting an initial immune response.
- enhancing an immune response by blocking CTLA4 inhibitory activity is useful in cases of infections with microbes, e.g., bacteria, viruses, or parasites.
- an antibody that inhibits the interaction of CTLA4 with a costimulatory molecule e.g., a non-activating antibody against CTLA4
- a costimulatory molecule e.g., a non-activating antibody against CTLA4
- examples include viral skin diseases such as Herpes or shingles, in which case such an agent can be delivered topically to the skin.
- systemic viral diseases such as influenza, the common cold, and encephalitis might be alleviated by the administration of such agents systemically.
- agents that upregulate immune responses for example, forms of B7 family members that transduce signals via costimulatory receptors, in order further augment the immune response.
- immune responses can be enhanced in an infected patient by removing immune cells from the patient, contacting immune cells in vitro with an antibody that inhibits transduction of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4, and reintroducing the in vitro stimulated immune cells into the patient.
- Antibodies that inhibit transduction of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4 can be used prophylactically in vaccines against various polypeptides, e.g., polypeptides derived from pathogens. Immunity against a pathogen, e.g., a virus, can be induced by vaccinating with a viral protein along with a an antibody that inhibits transduction of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4 in an appropriate adjuvant.
- a pathogen e.g., a virus
- the immune response can be stimulated by inhibiting signaling via an inhibitory receptor that binds to a costimulatory molecule, e.g., CTLA4, such that preexisting tolerance is overcome.
- a costimulatory molecule e.g., CTLA4
- immune responses against antigens to which a subject cannot mount a significant immune response e.g., tumor specific antigens can be induced by administering an agent that inhibits the inhibitory activity of CTLA4.
- CTLA4 antagonists can be used as adjuvants to boost responses to foreign antigens in the process of active immunization.
- immune cells are obtained from a subject and cultured ex vivo to in the presence of an antibody that that inhibits a CTLA4 inhibitory signal, to expand the population of immune cells.
- the immune cells are then administered to a subject.
- Immune cells can be stimulated to proliferate in vitro by, for example, providing to the immune cells a primary activation signal and a costimulatory signal, as is known in the art.
- the costimulatory molecule can be, e.g., soluble, attached to a cell membrane or attached to a solid surface, such as a bead.
- Antibodies that inhibit signaling via CTLA4 can also be used to costimulate proliferation of immune cells.
- immune cells are cultured ex vivo according to the method described in PCT Application No. WO 94/29436.
- CTLA4 modulating agents e.g., stimulatory and inhibitory antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof as well as antibody or antigen-binding portions thereof conjugated to toxic moieties
- CTLA4 modulating agents are administered to subjects in a biologically compatible form suitable for pharmaceutical administration in vivo to either enhance or suppress T cell mediated immune response.
- biologically compatible form suitable for administration in vivo is meant a form of the protein to be administered in which any toxic effects are outweighed by the therapeutic effects of the protein.
- subject is intended to include living organisms in which an immune response can be elicited, e.g., mammals. Examples of subjects include humans, horses, domesticated farm animals, exotic animals, dogs, cats, mice, rats, and transgenic species thereof.
- Administration of an agent as described herein can be in any pharmacological form including a therapeutically active amount of an agent alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- a therapeutically active amount of the therapeutic compositions of the present invention is defined as an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired result.
- a therapeutically active amount of a CTLA4 antibody may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of peptide to elicit a desired response in the individual. Dosage procedures may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
- the anti-CTLA4 modulating agent may be administered in a convenient manner such as by injection (subcutaneous, intravenous, etc.), oral administration, inhalation, transdermal application, or rectal administration.
- the active compound may be coated in a material to protect the compound from the action of enzymes, acids and other natural conditions which may inactivate the compound.
- CTLA4 modulating agent by other than parenteral administration, it may be necessary to coat the peptide with, or co-administer the peptide with, a material to prevent its inactivation.
- a CTLA4 modulating agent may be administered to an individual in an appropriate carrier, diluent or adjuvant, co-administered with enzyme inhibitors or in an appropriate carrier such as liposomes.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include saline and aqueous buffer solutions.
- Adjuvant is used in its broadest sense and includes any immune stimulating compound such as interferon.
- Other examples of adjuvants contemplated herein include alum, resorcinols, non-ionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene oleyl ether and n-hexadecyl polyethylene ether, products derived from bacteria (or attenuated forms of pathogens).
- Enzyme inhibitors include pancreatic trypsin inhibitor, diisopropylfluorophosphate (DEEP) and trasylol.
- Liposomes include water-in-oil-in-water emulsions as well as conventional liposomes (Sterna et al. (1984) J. Neuroimmunol. 7:27).
- the active compound may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally.
- Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
- compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- the composition must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating active compound (e.g., a CTLA4 modulating agent) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
- active compound e.g., a CTLA4 modulating agent
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient (e.g., peptide) plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- the protein may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individuals.
- Antibodies of the present invention can further find a wide variety of utilities in vitro.
- the antibodies can be utilized for T-cell typing, for isolating specific IL-2 receptor bearing cells or fragments of the receptor, for vaccine preparation, or the like.
- the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease or downregulate CTLA4 activity or T cell activity (or immune responses generally) can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects.
- genes whose expression is regulated by modulation of a costimulatory pathway or by modulation of CTLA4 specifically, can be used as indicators of modulation of CTLA4 activity can be identified.
- T cells can be isolated and RNA prepared and analyzed for the levels of expression of genes indicative of T cell activation (e.g., that are modulated upon blocking a CTLA4 inhibitory signal) or T cell inhibition (e.g., that are modulated upon transducing a CTLA4 inhibitory signal), respectively.
- the levels of gene expression can be quantified by Northern blot analysis or RT-PCR, as described herein, or alternatively by measuring the amount of protein produced, by one of the methods as described herein, or by measuring the levels of activity of CTLA4 or other genes.
- the gene expression pattern can serve as a marker, indicative of the physiological response of the cells to the agent. Accordingly, this response state may be determined before, and at various points during treatment of the individual with the agent.
- the present invention provides a method for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment of a subject with an antibody or toxic moiety conjugate by measuring the effect of the antibody or toxic moiety conjugate on the immune response, or on T cell activation or T cell numbers specifically.
- standard methodologies can be used to assay, e.g., T cell proliferation, cytokine production, numbers of activated T cells, antibody production, or delayed type hypersensitivity.
- improvement in a specific condition for which treatment is being given can be monitored.
- mice Jackson Labs, Maine were injected with 2 ⁇ g cDNA encoding the extracellular domain of rhuCTLA4. Purified plasma cDNA was precipitated onto gold beads to a concentration of 1 ⁇ g cDNA/0.5 mg gold. The gold beads and precipitated cDNA were delivered, monthly in two non-overlapping shots, intradermally in the abdomen of approximately 11 week old female BALB/c mice using a Helios charged gene. These animal were immunized every four weeks and spleens were removed from the animals.
- Spleens were processed to obtain a lymphocyte suspension and the resulting suspension were fused with the myeloma cell line 653/P3 using 50% (w/v) polyetheylene glycol 1500 (Boehringer Mannheim) by an established procedure (Oi & Herzenberg, 1980 in Selected Methods in Cellular Immunology, B. Mishel & S. Schiigi, eds., W. J. Freeman Co., San Francisco, Calif., p351). The fused cells were plated in 96-well microtiter plates at a density of 2 ⁇ 10 5 cells/well and after 24 hours were subjected to HAT selection (Littlefield, J. W. (1964) Science 145:709).
- Hybridoma cells secreting putative anti-CTLA4 antibodies were identified by solid and solution phase ELISA and by intracellular and extracellular staining by flow cytometry on CHO cells expressing a gpi-anchored form of CTLA4 and activated T cells. Cross reactivity was assessed using cyno PHA blasts. Epitope mapping was done by flow cytometry and ELISA, and affinity determinations measured by Biacore. Wells containing hybridoma positive for the above assays were expanded for further study. These cultures remained stable when expanded and cell lines were cloned by limiting dilution and cryopreserved.
- the isotype of the Mabs were determined by solid phase ELISA.
- Purified rhCTLA4IgG1Fc was coated onto 96-well microtiter plates, antibody added and detected by different isotype-specific biotin-conjugated goat anti-mouse immunoglobulins (Zymed). Streptavidin conjugated with horseradish peroxidase (HRP) was added and specifically bound enzyme was measured using a colorimetric substrate.
- Antibodies 25, 26, 27, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36, or 38 were identified. The results of this solid phase assay demonstrate that all antibodies tested were of the IgG1 isotype.
- Antibody 26 was subcloned and is also referred to as antibody 26B.
- FIGS. 1A-1C illustrates that each antibody in the panel of nine antibodies tested binds to CTLA4. The data are expressed as OD 405 absorbance values.
- Inhibition assays were performed to assess the ability of these antibodies to block binding of CD80 and CD86 to CTLA4.
- ELISA were performed as described above with modifications. After incubation with primary antibody for 2 hr at RT, a fixed concentration (0.66 ug/ml) of biotin-conjugated CD80-Ig or CD86-Ig was added and further incubated for 1 hr at RT. After washing, saturating concentrations of neutravidin-AP were added, and incubated for 1 hr at RT. Unbound neutravidin-AP was washed using PBS/1% BSA. The assay was developed using ABTS. The percent inhibition is depicted on the Y axis. The results for inhibition of CD86 binding are shown in FIGS. 1D-1F and the results for CD80 binding are shown in FIGS. 1G-1I . These data illustrate that antibodies 29 and 33 failed to block the binding of CTLA4 to CD80 and CD86.
- Anti-hCTLA4 Antibodies could be Grouped Based on Their Recognition of Three Distinct Sites on the CTLA4 Molecule
- a panel of CTLA4-Ig mutant molecules was generated by site-directed mutagenesis. Based on NMRI structure of CTLA4 (Metzler et al. Nature Structural Biology (1997) 4:527), 11 residues were selected for mutagenesis and substituted with alanine. Mutant proteins were transiently expressed on CHO cells and supernatants harvested at 48 hrs. Supernatants containing CTLA4 mutant molecules were quantitated and standardized by ELISA. Plates coated with 10 ug/ml antibody (25, 26, or 29) were incubated with supernatants containing approximately 0.5 ug/ml mutant CTLA4 molecules. After incubation for 2 hrs at RT, plates were washed and incubated for 1 hr with AP-conjugated goat anti-human Fc specific IgG. The assay was developed as described above.
- FIG. 2 illustrates that the binding of anti-hCTLA4 antibodies is affected differently by different mutations introduced in the CTLA4 molecule. Optical density readings above background are indicative of antibody binding to the CTLA4 molecules bound to the plates.
- Antibodies 25, 26, and 29 are representative of antibodies with binding sites identified by the 9 antibodies.
- Substitution of alanine (A) for glutamic acid (E) at position 46 (position 83 of SEQ ID NO:2 which includes the signal sequence shown in amino acids 1-37 of SEQ ID NO:2) drastically affects binding of antibody 26, 27, 34, 35, 36, and 38. In contrast, the same substitution has little, if any, effect on antibodies 29, and 33.
- CD4+ T cells (2.5 ⁇ 10 4 cells/well) were stimulated with tosyl-beads coated with anti-hCD3 +/ ⁇ anti-CTLA4. After 72 hours, proliferation was determined by 3H-thymidine incorporation. Incorporated radioactivity was determined using a LKB 1205 plate reader. In panel A, numbers on top of the bars indicate percent inhibition in proliferative response relative to cells stimulated in the absence of anti-CTLA5 (media). As shown in FIG. 3A , most of the antibodies tested, with the exception of antibody number 36, resulted in decreased T cell proliferation.
- Jurkat T cells expressing hCTLA4 were stimulated with tosyl beads coated with anti-hCD3 +/ ⁇ anti-CTLA4 in the presence of soluble anti-hCD28 antibody.
- Supernatants were harvested at 72 h and IL-2 production assessed using a commercially available hIL-2 ELISA kit (R&D Systems, MA). Numbers on the top of bars indicate percent inhibition relative to cells stimulated in the absence of anti-CTLA4 (media).
- FIG. 3B all of the antibodies tested resulted in reduced IL-2 production by T cells in this assay.
- MLR Mixed lymphocyte reactions
- CD4+ T cells 2.5 ⁇ 10 4 cells/well
- EBV-lymphoblastoid cell line 2.5 ⁇ 10 4 cells/well
- Soluble antibody 26 or an IgG1 control antibody were added at various concentrations at initiation of the culture. After 5 days, proliferation was determined by 3 H-thymidine incorporation. Incorporated radioactivity was determined using an LKB 1205 plate reader.
- FIG. 4A shows that addition of antibody number 26 to cultures resulted in levels of proliferation higher than those observed with control antibody.
- Antibody 26 was the only anti-CTLA4 antibody in the panel that was found to enhance proliferation of primary T cells.
- FIG. 4B shows the levels of IL-2 produced by these cultures in the presence of the various antibodies.
- the PCR product ( ⁇ 450-500 bp) was gel-purified (Geneclean II kit, BIO101) and subjected to EcoRI and HindIII digestion.
- VL and VH were subcloned into pUC19 vector digested with the same enzymes aforementioned.
- the cloned regions were sequenced.
- Multiple clones for each of the VH and VL genes were sequenced.
- the cloning and sequencing of the V genes were repeated independently to confirm and ensure accuracy of the determined sequences.
- VH (6CTLA4/1.1.1.6, VH): ATGGCTGTCCTGGTGCTGTTCCTCTGCCTGGTTGCAT (SEQ ID NO:3) TTCCAAGCTGTGTCCTGTCCCAGGTGCAGCTGAAGGA GTCAGGACCTGGCCTGGTGGCGCCCTCACAGAGCCTG TCCATCACTTGCACTGTCTCTGGGTTTTCATTAACCA GCTATGGTGTATATTGGGTTCGCCAGCCTCCAGGAAA GGGTCTGGAGTGGCTGGGAGTAATATAGGGCTGGTGG AACCACAAATTATAATTCGGCTCTATGTCCAGACTGA GCATCAGCAAAGACAACTCCAAGAGCCAAGTTTTCTT AAAAATGACCAGTCTGCAAACTGATGACACAGCCATG TACTACTGTGCCAGGGGCCCCCCGCACGCTATGATGA AGAGAGGCTATGCTATGGACTACTACTGGAAAAAAAATGACCAGTCTGCAAACTGATGACAACTCCAAGAGCCAAGTTTTCTT AAAAATGACCAGTCTGCAAACTGA
- the human framework IC4 was chosen for the humanization of both the light and heavy chain V genes of antibody 26.
- IC4-V ⁇ is of human subclass V ⁇ -1 with 63% amino acid sequence identity with the V ⁇ of CTLA4-26B in the framework.
- IC4-VH is of human subclass VH-2 with 69% amino acid sequence identity with the VH of CTLA4-26B in the framework.
- the 3 CDR regions of both the light and heavy chain V genes are unchanged in the humanized version.
- Certain framework residues predicted to have significant contact with the CDRs or that have important function in maintaining structural integrity also remain unchanged.
- a number of amino acids identified as unusual or rare at their positions for their respective human subgroups were changed to the consensus amino acid at that position.
- the final humanized sequences of the variable regions of the light and heavy chains are shown below.
- Transient transfections of COS-7 cells with humanized anti-CTLA4 plasmids were performed using 1.5 ⁇ g and 3.0 ⁇ g of light and heavy chain plasmids respectively. All light chain and heavy chain combinations were set up (PV ⁇ LC +PV ⁇ 1 HC , pV ⁇ 2m3 HC , and PV ⁇ 4 HC ).
- the growth media used was a low Ig growth media (DMEM+2% Low Ig FBS+L-Glu).
- the supernatants were used in a FACS assay to determine the binding to CTLA4.
- the production levels of transiently expressed antibody was determined by ELISAs.
- Stable transfections were also performed with various plasmid combinations (PV ⁇ LC +PV ⁇ 1 HC , pV ⁇ 2m3 HC , and PV ⁇ 4 HC ) in order to obtain higher yields of humanized antibodies for purification for use in more quantitative experiments. All plasmids were linearized with Fsp I except PV ⁇ 4 HC plasmid, which was linearized with BstZ17I. 30 ⁇ g of light chain plasmid and 60 ⁇ g of heavy chain plasmid were linearized and used in stable transfections of Sp2/0 cells by electroporation as described by Co et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 148:1149-1154.
- the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of humanized anti-CTLA4 antibody number 26 VK region is shown in FIG. 9 (SEQ ID NOs:7 and 8).
- the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of humanized anti-CTLA4 antibody number 26 VH region is shown in FIG. 10 (SEQ ID NOS:9 and 10).
- hCTLA4-26B humanized anti-CTLA4
- mCTLA4-26B murine anti-CTLA4
- the humanized versions of anti-CTLA4 are able to compete for biotinylated murine CTLA4-26B for binding to human CTLA4Ig.
- the subsaturating concentration of the FITC-labeled murine CTLA4-26B was determined using CTLA4-expressing CHO cells. 125 ng FITC-labeled murine anti-CTLA4 was combined with varying concentrations of unlabeled competitors, including murine anti-CTLA4 and the humanized anti-CTLA4 IgG1 isotype (IgG1/ ⁇ ) using CTLA4-expressing CHO cells. The starting concentration of the unlabeled competitor was 2000 ng and was diluted 2-fold serially to 100 ng. Humanized antibody 26 of the IgG1 isotype showed binding affinity with in 3-fold of the murine antibody.
- the humanized versions were calculated to have affinities of about 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 for the IgG1 isotype, 1.1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 for the IgG4 isotype, and about 1.2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 for the IgG2m3 isotype.
- Jurkat T cells were transfected with an empty vector (A) or a CTLA4 expression vector (B). Cells were selected for hygromycin resistance and expression of CTLA4 was confirmed by FACS.
- Jurkat T cells were incubated with various concentrations of anti-CTLA4 antibody (number 26 or 33) conjugated to a small molecule (calicheamicin) using amide conjugation or carbohydrate-based conjugation.
- a control antibody (MPHANT) conjugated to the same small molecule was also used. Cell proliferation was measured after 48 hours of culture by labeling with thymidine for the last 12 hours of culture.
- hCTLA4 10 6 cells/ml
- hCTLA4 10 6 cells/ml
- hCTLA4 10 6 cells/ml
- soluble anti-CTLA4 Ab 5-20 ⁇ g/ml
- IgG control 20 ⁇ g/ml
- supernatents were harvested at 72 hours and IL-2 production assessed using a commercially available hIL-2 ELISA kit (R&D Systems, MA).
- Soluble humanized anti-CTLA4-26B inhibits the interaction of CTLA4 with its natural ligands (CD86) and thus, enhances T cell responses as assessed by IL-2 production. Increased IL-2 production levels were obtained in the presence of Hu-26B (compared with control Ig). The ability of this humanized antibody to functionally enhance T cell responses is comparable to that of the murine antibody (Mu-26B) from which is was derived ( FIG. 11 ).
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Botany (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
The invention provides an antibody-toxic moiety conjugates comprising an antibody that specifically recognizes a molecule expressed on the surface of a T cell which is expressed only on T cells and is only expressed transiently on T cells upon T cell activation. Preferably, the T cell molecule is CTLA4. The invention further provides anti-CTLA4 antibodies and humanized forms thereof.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/772,103, filed Jan. 26, 2001, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/178,473, filed Jan. 27, 2000, the contents of each of which are incorporated herein in their entirety by this reference.
- In order for T cells to respond to foreign proteins, two signals must be provided by antigen-presenting cells (APCs) to resting T lymphocytes (Jenkins, M. and Schwartz, R. (1987) J. Exp. Med. 165, 302-319; Mueller, D. L., et al. (1990) J. Immunol 144, 3701-3709). The first signal, which confers specificity to the immune response, is transduced via the T cell receptor (TCR) following recognition of foreign antigenic peptide presented in the context of the major histocompatibility complex (MHC). The second signal, termed costimulation, induces T cells to proliferate and become functional (Lenschow et al. (1996) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 14:233). Costimulation is neither antigen-specific, nor MHC restricted and is thought to be provided by one or more distinct cell surface molecules expressed by APCs (Jenkins, M. K., et al. (1988) J. Immunol. 140, 3324-3330; Linsley, P. S., et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 173, 721-730; Gimmi, C. D., et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 88, 6575-6579; Young, J. W., et al. (1992) J. Clin. Invest. 90, 229-237; Koulova, L., et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 173, 759-762; Reiser, H., et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 89, 271-275; van-Seventer, G. A., et al. (1990) J. Immunol. 144, 4579-4586; LaSalle, J. M., et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147, 774-80; Dustin, M. I., et al. (1989) J. Exp. Med. 169, 503; Armitage, R. J., et al. (1992) Nature 357, 80-82; Liu, Y., et al. (1992) J. Exp. Med. 175, 437-445).
- The CD80 (B7-1) and CD86 (B7-2) proteins, expressed on APCs, are critical costimulatory molecules (Freeman et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 174:625; Freeman et al. (1989) J. Immunol. 143:2714; Azuma et al. (1993) Nature 366:76; Freeman et al. (1993) Science 262:909). B7-2 appears to play a predominant role during primary immune responses, while B7-1, which is upregulated later in the course of an immune response, may be important in prolonging primary T cell responses or costimulating secondary T cell responses (Bluestone (1995) Immunity 2:555).
- One ligand to which B7-1 and B7-2 bind, CD28, is constitutively expressed on resting T cells and increases in expression after activation. After signaling through the T cell receptor, ligation of CD28 and transduction of a costimulatory signal induces T cells to proliferate and secrete IL-2 (Linsley, P. S., et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 173, 721-730; Gimmi, C. D., et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 6575-6579; June, C. H., et al. (1990) Immunol.
Today 11, 211-6; Harding, F. A., et al. (1992) Nature 356, 607-609). A second ligand, termed CTLA4 (CD152) is homologous to CD28 but is not expressed on resting T cells and appears following T cell activation (Brunet, J. F. et al. (1987) Nature 328, 267-270). CTLA4 appears to be critical in negative regulation of T cell responses (Waterhouse et al. (1995) Science 270:985). Blockade of CTLA4 has been found to remove inhibitory signals, while aggregation of CTLA4 has been found to provide inhibitory signals that downregulate T cell responses (Allison and Krummel (1995) Science 270:932). The B7 molecules have a higher affinity for CTLA4 than for CD28 (Linsley, P. S., et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 174, 561-569) and B7-1 and B7-2 have been found to bind to distinct regions of the CTLA4 molecule and have different kinetics of binding to CTLA4 (Linsley et al. (1994) Immunity 1:793). A new molecule related to CD28 and CTLA4, ICOS, has been identified (Hutloff et al. (1999) Nature 397:263; WO 98/38216). If T cells are only stimulated through the T cell receptor, without receiving an additional costimulatory signal, they become nonresponsive, anergic, or die, resulting in downmodulation of the immune response. - The importance of the B7:CD28/CTLA4 costimulatory pathway has been demonstrated in vitro and in several in vivo model systems. Blockade of this costimulatory pathway results in the development of antigen specific tolerance in murine and human systems (Harding, F. A., et al. (1992) Nature. 356, 607-609; Lenschow, D. J., et al. (1992) Science. 257, 789-792; Turka, L. A., et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 89, 11102-11105; Gimmi, C. D., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 90, 6586-6590; Boussiotis, V., et al. (1993) J. Exp. Med. 178, 1753-1763). Conversely, expression of B7 by B7 negative murine tumor cells induces T-cell mediated specific immunity accompanied by tumor rejection and long lasting protection to tumor challenge (Chen, L., et al. (1992) Cell 71, 1093-1102; Townsend, S. E. and Allison, J. P. (1993) Science 259, 368-370; Baskar, S., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 90, 5687-5690.). Therefore, manipulation of the costimulatory pathways offers great potential to stimulate or suppress immune responses in humans.
- The present invention is based, at least in part, on the development of toxic moiety-conjugated forms of antibodies which specifically bind to activated T cells and inhibit them by targeting a transiently expressed molecule that is only expressed on T cells, such as CTLA4. In addition, the instant invention provides and characterizes a panel of antibodies that recognize CTLA4. Antibodies to CTLA4 have different functions, e.g., stimulatory or inhibitory, depending upon e.g., the region of the CTLA4 molecule to which they bind or whether they are presented in monovalent (e.g., soluble) or multivalent form (e.g., crosslinked). Accordingly these antibodies can be used to modulate T cell activation, and, thereby, to modulate the immune response.
- In one aspect, the present invention pertains to an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate comprising: an antibody, or antigen binding portion thereof, that specifically recognizes a molecule expressed only on activated T cells and a toxic moiety.
- In one embodiment, the antibody is specifically reactive with CTLA4. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody is specifically reactive with human CTLA4.
- In another embodiment, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
- In one embodiment, the antibody binds to a region of the CTLA4 molecule blocks the binding of CTLA4 to CD80 or CD86. In another embodiment, the antibody binds to a region of the CTLA4 in spatial proximity to the site of CTLA4 binding to a costimulatory molecule.
- In one embodiment, the substitution of amino acid 83 in the amino acid sequence of human CTLA4 shown in SEQ ID NO:2 results in modulation of binding of the antibody.
- In one embodiment, the toxic moiety is a carbohydrate. In a preferred embodiment, the carbohydrate is calicheamicin. In another embodiment, the toxic moiety is a naturally occurring bacterial product. In yet another embodiment, the toxic moiety is selected from the group consisting of ricin A chain and saporin.
- In one embodiment, the antibody is produced by a hybridoma selected from the group consisting of: ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma ), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma ), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), and ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma).
- In one embodiment, the antibody is humanized.
- In another aspect, the invention pertains to a humanized antibody that is specifically reactive with human CTLA4, wherein the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:8.
- In yet another aspect, the invention pertains to a humanized antibody that is specifically reactive with human CTLA4, wherein the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:10.
- In still another aspect, the invention pertains to a method of modulating the immune response comprising contacting a cell with an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate of
claim 2. - In one embodiment, the antibody-toxic moiety conjugate is administered to a subject and the step of contacting is performed in vivo. In one embodiment, the subject is suffering from a disorder or condition that would benefit from downmodulation of an ongoing immune response wherein the disorder or condition is selected from the group consisting of: an autoimmune disorder, an immune response to a graft, an allergic response, an immune response to a therapeutic protein. In another embodiment, the step of contacting is performed in vitro.
- In yet another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method of modulating the immune response comprising contacting a cell with an antibody specifically reactive with CTLA4, wherein the antibody is produced by a hybridoma selected from the group consisting of: ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma ), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma ), ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma), and ATCC Accession No. ______ (hybridoma). In another embodiment, the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:8. In still another embodiment, the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:10.
- In another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method of downmodulating the immune response comprising contacting a cell with an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate, wherein the antibody specifically recognizes CTLA4.
-
FIGS. 1A-1C illustrate the binding of the various antibodies to CTLA4.FIG. 1A shows 25, 26, and 27.antibodies FIG. 1B shows 29, 33, and 34.antibodies FIG. 1C shows 35, 36, and 38.antibodies -
FIGS. 1D-1F illustrate the ability of the various antibodies to block binding of CTLA4 to CD86.FIG. 1D shows 25, 26, and 27.antibodies FIG. 1E shows 29, 33, and 34.antibodies FIG. 1F shows 35, 36, and 38.antibodies 29 and 33 fail to block binding of CTLA4 to CD86.Antibody number -
FIGS. 1G-1I illustrate the ability of the various antibodies to block binding of CTLA4 to CD80.FIG. 1G shows 25, 26, and 27.antibodies FIG. 1H shows 29, 33, and 34.antibodies FIG. 11 35, 36, and 38.shows antibodies 29 and 33 fail to block binding of CTLA4 to CD80.Antibody number -
FIGS. 2A-2C illustrate the effect of different mutations introduced into the human CTLA4 amino acid sequence on the ability of the various anti-CTLA4 antibodies to bind to CTLA4.Antibody number 25 is shown inFIG. 2A .Antibody number 26 is shown inFIG. 2B .Antibody number 29 is shown inFIG. 2C . -
FIGS. 3A-3B illustrate the effect of cross-linked forms of anti-CTLA4 antibody on T cell proliferation and IL-2 production. Proliferation of primary T cells is shown inFIG. 3A , and IL-2 production by Jurkat cells is shown inFIG. 3B . The T cells were stimulated by anti-CD3+anti-CD28. -
FIGS. 4A-4B illustrate the effect of soluble forms of anti-CTLA4 antibody on T cell proliferation and cytokine production.Antibody number 26 enhances the proliferation of primary T cells in a mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR) (FIG. 4A ). The effect of various anti-CTLA4 antibodies on IL-2 production by Jurkat cells is shown inFIG. 4B . -
FIG. 5 illustrates that the murine form ofanti-CTLA4 antibody number 26 and the IgG1, IgG4, and IgG2 m3 humanized forms of antibody 26 (hCTLA4-26B) bind to CTLA4 with similar affinity. Data are from an ELISA competition assay against cold CTLA4-26B antibody. -
FIGS. 6A-6D illustrate a FACS competition assay using FITC-labeled mouse anti-CTLA4 in combination with varying amounts of either cold mouse anti-CTLA4 or humanized anti-CTLA4 IgG1. -
FIGS. 7A-7E show an alignment of histograms of cold competitors (mouse anti-CTLA4, humanized anti-CTLA4 IgG1) with the same concentrations to compare relative binding affinities. -
FIGS. 8A-8B illustrate the ability of toxic moiety-conjugated antibodies that recognize CTLA4 to inhibit the proliferation of CTLA4-bearing Jurkat cells (FIG. 8B ). These antibodies do not inhibit the proliferation of Jurkat cells which are CTLA4 negative (FIG. 8A ). -
FIG. 9 shows the cDNA (SEQ ID NO:7) and deduced amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:8) of the light chain of humanized anti-CTLA4. The amino acids are shown in single letter code. The CDRs are underlined in blue, mouse residues retained for structural integrity are the underlined single amino acid residues, and the double-underlined single amino acid residues represent consensus amino acid found at this position in the selected set of known human variable sequences. -
FIG. 10 shows the cDNA (SEQ ID NO:9) and deduced amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:10) of the heavy chain of humanized anti-CTLA4. The amino acids are shown in single letter code. The CDRs are underlined in blue, mouse residues retained for structural integrity are the underlined single amino acid residues, and double-underlined single amino acid residues represent consensus amino acid found at this position in the selected set of known human variable sequences. -
FIG. 11 shows the effect of increasing concentrations of a humanized anti-CTLA4 antibody (Hu-26B) or a murine anti-CTLA4 antibody (Mu-26B) on T cell responses, as measured by IL-2 production by Jurkat CTLA4+ cells. - As set forth briefly above, the instant invention pertains, at least in part, to the identification and characterization of anti-CTLA4 antibodies, as well as conjugated forms of these or other anti-CTLA4 antibodies, and to methods of using such antibodies to modulate the immune response.
- Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail in the following subsections:
- I. Definitions
- As used herein, the term “T cell” includes CD4+ T cells and CD8+ T cells. The term T cell also includes both
T helper 1 type T cells andT helper 2 type T cells. The term “antigen presenting cell” includes professional antigen presenting cells (e.g., B lymphocytes, monocytes, dendritic cells, Langerhans cells) as well as other antigen presenting cells (e.g., keratinocytes, endothelial cells, astrocytes, fibroblasts, oligodendrocytes). - As used herein, the term “immune response” includes T cell mediated and/or B cell mediated immune responses that are influenced by modulation of T cell costimulation. Exemplary immune responses include T cell responses, e.g., proliferation, cytokine production, and cellular cytotoxicity. In addition, the term immune response includes immune responses that are indirectly effected by T cell activation, e.g., antibody production (humoral responses) and activation of cytokine responsive cells, e.g., macrophages.
- As used herein, the term “costimulatory receptor” includes receptors which transmit a costimulatory signal to a immune cell, e.g., CD28. As used herein, the term “inhibitory receptors” includes receptors which transmit a negative signal to an immune cell (e.g., CTLA4). An inhibitory signal as transduced by an inhibitory receptor can occur even if a costimulatory receptor (such as CD28) is not present on the immune cell and, thus, is not simply a function of competition between inhibitory receptors and costimulatory receptors for binding of costimulatory molecules (Fallarino et al. (1998) J. Exp. Med. 188:205). Transmission of an inhibitory signal to an immune cell can result in unresponsiveness or anergy or programmed cell death in the immune cell.
- Depending upon the form of the molecule that binds to a cell surface receptor, either a signal can be transmitted to the cell (e.g., by a multivalent form of a costimulatory molecule or a crosslinked form of an antibody that results in crosslinking of receptor) or a signal can be inhibited in the cell (e.g., by a soluble, monovalent form of a costimulatory molecule or antibody), e.g., by competing with activating forms of costimulatory molecules for binding to the receptor. However, there are instances in which a soluble molecule can be stimulatory e.g., a soluble form of an antibody that blocks the binding of an inhibitory receptor to a costimulatory molecule and blocks the transmission of negative signal. The effects of the various modulatory agents can be easily demonstrated using routine screening assays as described herein.
- As used herein, the term “costimulate” with reference to activated T cells includes the ability of a costimulatory molecule to provide a second, non-activating receptor mediated signal (a “costimulatory signal”) that induces proliferation or effector function. For example, a costimulatory signal can result in cytokine secretion, e.g., in a T cell that has received a T cell-receptor-mediated signal. Immune cells that have received a cell-receptor mediated signal, e.g., via an activating receptor (e.g., by an antigen or by a polyclonal activator) are referred to herein as “activated T cells.”
- As used herein, the term “activating receptor” includes immune cell receptors that bind antigen, complexed antigen (e.g., in the context of MHC molecules), or bind to antibodies. Such activating receptors include T cell receptors (TCR), B cell receptors (BCR), cytokine receptors, LPS receptors, complement receptors, and Fc receptors.
- For example, T cell receptors are present on T cells and are associated with CD3 molecules. T cell receptors are stimulated by antigen in the context of MHC molecules (as well as by polyclonal T cell activating reagents). T cell activation via the TCR results in numerous changes, e.g., protein phosphorylation, membrane lipid changes, ion fluxes, cyclic nucleotide alterations, RNA transcription changes, protein synthesis changes, and cell volume changes, and expression of activation markers, e.g., CTLA4.
- Transmission of a costimulatory signal to a T cell involves a signaling pathway that is not inhibited by cyclosporin A. In addition, a costimulatory signal can induce cytokine secretion (e.g., IL-2 and/or IL-10) in a T cell and/or can prevent the induction of unresponsiveness to antigen, the induction of anergy, or the induction of cell death in the T cell.
- As used herein, the term “inhibitory signal” refers to a signal transmitted via an inhibitory receptor (e.g., CTLA4) on an immune cell. Such a signal antagonizes a signal transmitted via an activating receptor (e.g., via a TCR) and can result, e.g., in: inhibition of second messenger generation; inhibition of proliferation; inhibition of effector function in the immune cell, (e.g., reduced cellular cytotoxicity) the failure of the immune cell to produce mediators, (such as cytokines (e.g., IL-2) and/or mediators of allergic responses); or the development of anergy.
- As used herein, the term “unresponsiveness” includes refractivity of immune cells to stimulation, e.g., stimulation via an activating receptor or a cytokine. Unresponsiveness can occur, e.g., because of exposure to immunosuppressants or exposure to high doses of antigen. As used herein, the term “anergy” or “tolerance” includes refractivity to activating receptor-mediated stimulation. Such refractivity is generally antigen-specific and persists after exposure to the tolerizing antigen has ceased. For example, anergy in T cells (as opposed to unresponsiveness) is characterized by lack of cytokine production, e.g., IL-2. T cell anergy occurs when T cells are exposed to antigen and receive a first signal (a T cell receptor or CD-3 mediated signal) in the absence of a second signal (a costimulatory signal). Under these conditions, reexposure of the cells to the same antigen (even if reexposure occurs in the presence of a costimulatory molecule) results in failure to produce cytokines and, thus, failure to proliferate. Anergic T cells can, however, mount responses to unrelated antigens and can proliferate if cultured with cytokines (e.g., IL-2). For example, T cell anergy can also be observed by the lack of IL-2 production by T lymphocytes as measured by ELISA or by a proliferation assay using an indicator cell line. Alternatively, a reporter gene construct can be used. For example, anergic T cells fail to initiate IL-2 gene transcription induced by a heterologous promoter under the control of the 5′ IL-2 gene enhancer or by a multimer of the AP1 sequence that can be found within the enhancer (Kang et al. (1992) Science 257:1134).
- As used herein, the term “activity” with respect to a polypeptide includes activities which are inherent in the structure of a polypeptide. With respect to CTLA4, the term “activity” includes the ability of a CTLA4 polypeptide to bind to a costimulatory molecule and/or to modulate an inhibitory signal in an activated immune cell, e.g., by engaging a natural ligand on an antigen presenting cell. CTLA4 transmits an inhibitory signal to a T cell. Modulation of an inhibitory signal in a T cell results in modulation of proliferation of and/or cytokine secretion by the T cell. CTLA4 can also modulate a costimulatory signal by competing with a costimulatory receptor for binding of costimulatory molecules, e.g., CTLA4. Thus, the term “CTLA4 activity” includes the ability of a CTLA4 polypeptide to bind its natural ligand(s), the ability to modulate immune cell costimulatory or inhibitory signals, and the ability to modulate the immune response.
- The term “antibody”, as used herein, is intended to refer to immunoglobulin molecules comprised of four polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds. Each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as HCVR or VH) and a heavy chain constant region. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as LCVR or VL) and a light chain constant region. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4. The phrase “complementary determining region” (CDR) includes the region of an antibody molecule which comprises the antigen binding site.
- Antibodies may be an IgG antibodies such as IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4; or IgM, IgA, IgE or IgD isotype. The constant domain of the antibody heavy chain may be selected depending upon the effector function desired. The light chain constant domain may be a kappa or lambda constant domain.
- The term “antibody” as used herein also includes an “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion”). The term “antigen-binding portion”, as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen (e.g., hCTLA4). It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody can be performed by fragments of a full-length antibody. Examples of binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody. Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed. Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
- Still further, an antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof may be part of a larger immunoadhesion molecules, formed by covalent or noncovalent association of the antibody or antibody portion with one or more other proteins or peptides. Examples of such immunoadhesion molecules include use of the streptavidin core region to make a tetrameric scFv molecule (Kipriyanov, S. M., et al. (1995) Human Antibodies and Hybridomas 6:93-101) and use of a cysteine residue, a marker peptide and a C-terminal polyhistidine tag to make bivalent and biotinylated scFv molecules (Kipriyanov, S. M., et al. (1994) Mol. Immunol. 31:1047-1058). Antibody portions, such as Fab and F(ab′)2 fragments, can be prepared from whole antibodies using conventional techniques, such as papain or pepsin digestion, respectively, of whole antibodies. Moreover, antibodies, antibody portions and immunoadhesion molecules can be obtained using standard recombinant DNA techniques, as described herein.
- Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal; xenogeneic, allogeneic, or syngeneic; or modified forms thereof, e.g., humanized, chimeric, etc. Preferably, antibodies of the invention bind specifically or substantially specifically to CTLA4 molecules. The terms “monoclonal antibodies” and “monoclonal antibody composition”, as used herein, refer to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of an antigen, whereas the term “polyclonal antibodies” and “polyclonal antibody composition” refer to a population of antibody molecules that contain multiple species of antigen binding sites capable of interacting with a particular antigen. A monoclonal antibody composition, typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular antigen with which it immunoreacts.
- The term “humanized antibody”, as used herein, is intended to include antibodies made by a non-human cell having variable and constant regions which have been altered to more closely resemble antibodies that would be made by a human cell. For example, by altering the non-human antibody amino acid sequence to incorporate amino acids found in human germline immunoglobulin sequences. The humanized antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences (e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs. The term “humanized antibody”, as used herein, also includes antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
- An “isolated antibody”, as used herein, is intended to refer to an antibody that is substantially free of other antibodies having different antigenic specificities (e.g., an isolated antibody that specifically binds CTLA4 is substantially free of antibodies that specifically bind antigens other than CTLA4). Moreover, an isolated antibody may be substantially free of other cellular material and/or chemicals.
- “CTLA4 blocking antibodies” are antibodies that specifically bind to the extracellular domain of CTLA4 protein, and block the binding of CTLA4 to its counter-receptors, e.g., CD80, CD86, etc. CTLA4 blocking antibodies can bind to a site of CTLA4 at a site in spatial proximity to the site of CTLA4 binding to a costimulatory molecule, e.g., close enough to the site of costimulatory binding to sterically interfere with binding of CTLA4 to the costimulatory molecule. Such blocking antibodies block the transmission of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4 and, thus, in soluble form, function to enhance T cell proliferation. “CTLA4 activating antibodies” are antibodies that specifically bind to the extracellular domain of the CTLA4 protein at a site in the extracellular domain of CTLA4 and which transmit a negative signal via CTLA4 in multivalent form. These activating antibodies do not block the binding of CTLA4 to its counter-receptors, e.g., CD80 or CD86. Such antibodies, upon binding to CTLA4, result in the transmission of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4 and, thus, result in a decrease in T cell proliferation. Both CTLA4 blocking and activating antibodies transmit a negative signal via CTLA4 when they are in multivalent form (e.g., cross-linked).
- The phrase “specifically” with reference to binding, recognition, or reactivity of antibodies includes antibodies which bind to naturally occurring molecules which are expressed transiently only on activated T cells. Specifically, with respect to CTLA4, the term “specifically” with reference to binding, recognition, or reactivity of antibodies includes anti-CTLA4 antibodies that bind to naturally occurring forms of CTLA4, but are substantially unreactive with molecules related to CTLA4, such as CD28 and other members of the immunoglobulin superfamily. The phrase “substantially unreactive” includes antibodies which display no greater binding to molecules related to CTLA4, e.g., CD28 (but excluding CTLA4) as compared to unrelated molecules, e.g., CD27. Preferably, such antibodies bind to molecules related to CTLA4 (but excluding CTLA4) with only background binding. Antibodies specific for CTLA4 from one source, e.g., human CTLA4 may or may not be reactive with CTLA4 molecules from different species. Antibodies specific for naturally occurring CTLA4 may or may not bind to mutant forms of such molecules. In one embodiment, mutations in the amino acid sequence of a naturally occurring CTLA4 molecule result in modulation of the binding (e.g., either increased or decreased binding) of the antibody to the CTLA4 molecule. Antibodies to CTLA4 can be readily screened for their ability to meet this criteria. Assays to determine affinity and specificity of binding are known in the art, including competitive and non-competitive assays. Assays of interest include ELISA, RIA, flow cytometry, etc. Binding assays may use purified or semi-purified CTLA4 protein, or alternatively may use cells that express CTLA4, e.g., cells transfected with an expression construct for CTLA4; T cells that have been stimulated through cross-linking of CD3 and CD28; the addition of irradiated allogeneic cells, etc. As an example of a binding assay, purified CTLA4 protein is bound to an insoluble support, e.g., microtiter plate, magnetic beads, etc. The candidate antibody and soluble, labeled CD80 or CD86 are added to the cells, and the unbound components are then washed off. The ability of the antibody to compete with CD80 and CD86 for CTLA4 binding is determined by quantitation of bound, labeled CD80 or CD86. Confirmation that the blocking agent does not cross-react with CD28 may be performed with a similar assay, substituting CD28 for CTLA4. An isolated antibody that specifically binds human CTLA4 may, however, have cross-reactivity to other antigens, such as CTLA4 molecules from other species.
- As used herein, the terms “toxin” and “toxic moiety” include naturally occurring (as well as derivatized or chemically modified forms thereof) or synthetic molecules or moieties that are proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous and that are toxic to cells, e.g., eukaryotic cells. “Toxic moieties” include, e.g., portions of naturally occurring toxins that retain the property of toxicity (such as toxic moieties (e.g., A chains) of bipartate toxins). The term “toxic moiety” also includes antibiotic molecules or other agents (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents) that have cellular cytotoxic effects. Toxic moieties bring about the death of cells by any of a variety of mechanisms, e.g., by acting on cellular machinery after internalization into the cell or by forming holes in cellular membranes. Exemplary toxic moieties are described in more detail herein. Antibody-toxic moiety conjugates of the invention include antibodies or antibody binding portions thereof that are conjugated to toxic moiety molecules to specifically deliver those toxic moiety molecules to the cells to which the antibody or fragment thereof binds.
- As used herein, a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein).
- As used herein, the term “coding region” refers to regions of a nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues, whereas the term “noncoding region” refers to regions of a nucleotide sequence that are not translated into amino acids (e.g., 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).
- As used herein, the term “vector” refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid molecule to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a “plasmid”, which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “recombinant expression vectors” or simply “expression vectors”. In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids. In the present specification, “plasmid” and “vector” may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
- As used herein, the term “host cell” is intended to refer to a cell into which a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, such as a recombinant expression vector of the invention, has been introduced. The terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. It should be understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
- As used herein, an “isolated protein” refers to a protein that is substantially free of other proteins, cellular material and culture medium when isolated from cells or produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. An “isolated” or “purified” protein or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the CTLA4 protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. The language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of CTLA4 protein in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced. In one embodiment, the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of CTLA4 protein having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-CTLA4 protein (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), more preferably less than about 20% of non-CTLA4 protein, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-CTLA4 protein, and most preferably less than about 5% non-CTLA4 protein. When the CTLA4 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation.
- The language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of CTLA4 protein in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals which are involved in the synthesis of the protein. In one embodiment, the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of CTLA4 protein having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-CTLA4 chemicals, more preferably less than about 20% chemical precursors or non-CTLA4 chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-CTLA4 chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-CTLA4 chemicals.
- There is a known and definite correspondence between the amino acid sequence of a particular protein and the nucleotide sequences that can code for the protein, as defined by the genetic code (shown below). Likewise, there is a known and definite correspondence between the nucleotide sequence of a particular nucleic acid molecule and the amino acid sequence encoded by that nucleic acid molecule, as defined by the genetic code.
GENETIC CODE Alanine (Ala, A) GCA, GCC, GCG, GCT Arginine (Arg, R) AGA, ACG, CGA, CGC, CGG, CGT Asparagine (Asn, N) AAC, AAT Aspartic acid (Asp, D) GAC, GAT Cysteine (Cys, C) TGC, TGT Glutamic acid (Glu, E) GAA, GAG Glutamine (Gln, Q) CAA, CAG Glycine (Gly, G) GGA, GGC, GGG, GGT Histidine (His, H) CAC, CAT Isoleucine (Ile, I) ATA, ATC, ATT Leucine (Leu, L) CTA, CTC, CTG, CTT, TTA, TTG Lysine (Lys, K) AAA, AAG Methionine (Met, M) ATG Phenylalanine (Phe, F) TTC, TTT Proline (Pro, P) CCA, CCC, CCG, CCT Serine (Ser, S) AGC, AGT, TCA, TCC, TCG, TCT Threonine (Thr, T) ACA, ACC, ACG, ACT Tryptophan (Trp, W) TGG Tyrosine (Tyr, Y) TAC, TAT Valine (Val, V) GTA, GTC, GTG, GTT Termination signal (end) TAA, TAG, TGA - An important and well known feature of the genetic code is its redundancy, whereby, for most of the amino acids used to make proteins, more than one coding nucleotide triplet may be employed (illustrated above). Therefore, a number of different nucleotide sequences may code for a given amino acid sequence. Such nucleotide sequences are considered functionally equivalent since they result in the production of the same amino acid sequence in all organisms (although certain organisms may translate some sequences more efficiently than they do others). Moreover, occasionally, a methylated variant of a purine or pyrimidine may be found in a given nucleotide sequence. Such methylations do not affect the coding relationship between the trinucleotide codon and the corresponding amino acid.
- In view of the foregoing, the nucleotide sequence of a DNA or RNA molecule coding for a CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody of the invention (or any portion thereof) can be used to derive the CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody amino acid sequence, using the genetic code to translate the CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody molecule into an amino acid sequence. Likewise, for any CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody-amino acid sequence, corresponding nucleotide sequences that can encode CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody protein can be deduced from the genetic code (which, because of its redundancy, will produce multiple nucleic acid sequences for any given amino acid sequence). Thus, description and/or disclosure herein of a CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody nucleotide sequence should be considered to also include description and/or disclosure of the amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleotide sequence. Similarly, description and/or disclosure of a CTLA4 polypeptide or CTLA4 antibody amino acid sequence herein should be considered to also include description and/or disclosure of all possible nucleotide sequences that can encode the amino acid sequence.
- II. CTLA4 Immunogens
- One aspect of the invention pertains to anti-CTLA4 antibodies. Antibodies to CTLA4 can be made by immunizing a subject (e.g., a mammal) with a CTLA4 polypeptide or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a CTLA4 polypeptide or a portion thereof. In one embodiment, native CTLA4 proteins, or immunogenic portions thereof, can be isolated from cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques. In another embodiment, CTLA4 proteins, or immunogenic portions thereof, can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques. Alternative to recombinant expression, a CTLA4 protein or immunogenic portion thereof, can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques. Alternatively, nucleic acid molecules encoding a CTLA4 molecule or portion thereof can be used as immunogens. Whole cells expressing CTLA4 can be used as immunogens to produce anti-CTLA4 antibodies. For example, cells can be made to express CTLA4 by transfection with an cDNA or by utilizing a phospholipid anchor domain.
- The origin of the immunogen may be mouse, human, rat, monkey etc. The host animal will generally be a different species than the immunogen, e.g., mouse CTLA4 used to immunize hamsters, human CTLA4 to immunize mice, etc. The human and mouse CTLA4 contain highly conserved stretches in the extracellular domain (Harper et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147:1037-1044). Peptides derived from such highly conserved regions may be used as immunogens to generate cross-specific antibodies. The nucleotide and amino acid sequences of CTLA4 from a variety of sources are known in the art. For example, the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of human CTLA4 can be found in Dariavach et al. (1988) Eur. J. Immunol. 18:1901; Linsley et al. J. Exp. Med. 174:561; or Metzler et al. (1997) Nat. Struct. Biol. 4:525; or Harper et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147:1037 or can be accessed on any of a variety of public or private databases, e.g., GenBank. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences encoding human CTLA4 molecules are presented in SEQ ID NO: 1 and 2, respectively.
- In one embodiment, the immunogen may comprise the complete protein, or fragments and derivatives thereof. Preferred immunogens comprise all or a part of the extracellular domain of human CTLA4 (e.g., about amino acid residues 36-161 or about amino acids 38-161 of SEQ ID NO:2), where these residues contain the post-translation modifications, such as glycosylation, found on the native CTLA4. Immunogens comprising the extracellular domain are produced in a variety of ways known in the art, e.g., expression of cloned genes using conventional recombinant methods, isolation from T cells, sorted cell populations expressing high levels of CTLA4, etc. In another embodiment, the immunogen may comprise DNA encoding a CTLA4 molecule or a portion thereof. For example, as set forth in the appended examples, 2 μg cDNA encoding the extracellular domain of recombinant human CTLA4 could be used as an immunogen.
- In a preferred embodiment, the immunogen is a human CTLA4 molecule. Preferably, CTLA4 proteins comprise the amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 1 or fragment thereof. In another preferred embodiment, the protein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or fragment thereof. For example, the CTLA4 molecule can differ in amino acid sequence from that shown in SEQ ID NO:2, e.g., can be from a different source or can be modified to increase its immunogenicity. In one embodiment, the protein has at least about 80%, and even more preferably, at least about 90% or 95% amino acid identity with the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2.
- To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a preferred embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, even more preferably at least 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, or 90% of the length of the reference sequence. The residues at corresponding positions are then compared and when a position in one sequence is occupied by the same residue as the corresponding position in the other sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position. The percent identity between two sequences, therefore, is a function of the number of identical positions shared by two sequences (i.e., % identity=# of identical positions/total # of positions×100). The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences. As used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”.
- The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available from Accelrys, San Dieqo, Calif.), using either a Blosum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available from Acceirys, San Diego, Calif.), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
- The nucleic acid and protein sequences of the CTLA4 can further be used as a “query sequence” to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences. Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to CTLA4 nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to CTLA4 protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25(17):3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. For example, the nucleotide sequences of the invention were analyzed using the default Blastn matrix 1-3 with gap penalties set at:
existence 11 andextension 1. The amino acid sequences of the invention were analyzed using the default settings: the Blosum62 matrix with gap penalties set atexistence 11 andextension 1. More information on these programs is available from the NCBI, Bethesda, Md. - CTLA4 chimeric or fusion proteins or nucleic acid molecules encoding them can also be used as immunogens. As used herein, a CTLA4 “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” comprises a CTLA4 polypeptide operatively linked to a non-CTLA4 polypeptide. A “CTLA4 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to CTLA4 polypeptide, whereas a “non-CTLA4 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the CTLA4 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the CTLA4 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism. Within a CTLA4 fusion protein the CTLA4 polypeptide can correspond to all or a portion of a CTLA4 protein. In a preferred embodiment, a CTLA4 fusion protein comprises at least one biologically active portion of a CTLA4 protein, e.g., an extracellular domain of a CTLA4 protein. Within the fusion protein, the term “operatively linked” is intended to indicate that the CTLA4 polypeptide and the non-CTLA4 polypeptide are fused in-frame to each other. The non-CTLA4 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the CTLA4 polypeptide.
- Preferably, a CTLA4 fusion protein or nucleic acid molecule encoding a CTLA4 fusion protein is produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, for example employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation. In another embodiment, the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers which give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments which can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992). Moreover, many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide or an HA epitope tag). A CTLA4 encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the CTLA4 protein. Such fusion moieties can be linked to the C or to the N terminus of the CTLA4 protein or a portion thereof.
- Variants of the CTLA4 proteins can also be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of a CTLA4 protein and used as a immunogen. In one embodiment, variants of a CTLA4 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a CTLA4 protein for CTLA4 protein agonist or antagonist activity. In one embodiment, a variegated library of CTLA4 variants is generated by combinatorial mutagenesis at the nucleic acid level and is encoded by a variegated gene library. A variegated library of CTLA4 variants can be produced by, for example, enzymatically ligating a mixture of synthetic oligonucleotides into gene sequences such that a degenerate set of potential CTLA4 sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of CTLA4 sequences therein. There are a variety of methods which can be used to produce libraries of potential CTLA4 variants from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence. Chemical synthesis of a degenerate gene sequence can be performed in an automatic DNA synthesizer, and the synthetic gene then ligated into an appropriate expression vector. Use of a degenerate set of genes allows for the provision, in one mixture, of all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential CTLA4 sequences. Methods for synthesizing degenerate oligonucleotides are known in the art (see, e.g., Narang, S. A. (1983) Tetrahedron 39:3; Itakura et al. (1984) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53:323; Itakura et al. (1984) Science 198:1056; Ike et al. (1983) Nucleic Acid Res. 11:477.
- In addition, libraries of fragments of a CTLA4 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of CTLA4 fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a CTLA4 protein. In one embodiment, a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double stranded PCR fragment of a CTLA4 coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double stranded DNA which can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with S1 nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector. By this method, an expression library can be derived which encodes N-terminal, C-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the CTLA4 protein.
- Several techniques are known in the art for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property. Such techniques are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by the combinatorial mutagenesis of CTLA4 proteins. The most widely used techniques, which are amenable to high through-put analysis, for screening large gene libraries typically include cloning the gene library into replicable expression vectors, transforming appropriate cells with the resulting library of vectors, and expressing the combinatorial genes under conditions in which detection of a desired activity facilitates isolation of the vector encoding the gene whose product was detected. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique which enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify CTLA4 variants (Arkin and Youvan (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:7811-7815; Delagrave et al. (1993) Protein Engineering 6(3):327-331).
- In one embodiment, cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated CTLA4 library. For example, a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line which ordinarily synthesizes and secretes CTLA4. The transfected cells are then cultured such that CTLA4 and a particular mutant CTLA4 are secreted and the effect of expression of the mutant on CTLA4 activity in cell supernatants can be detected, e.g., by any of a number of enzymatic assays. Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of CTLA4 activity, and the individual clones further characterized.
- An isolated CTLA4 protein, or a portion or fragment thereof, or nucleic acid molecules encoding a CTLA4 polypeptide of portion thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind CTLA4 using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation. In one embodiment, a full-length CTLA4 protein or nucleic acid molecule encoding a full-length CTLA4 protein can be used. Alternatively, an antigenic peptide fragment (i.e., a fragment capable of promoting an antigenic response) of a CTLA4 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment of a CTLA4 polypeptide can be used can be used as the immunogen. An antigenic peptide fragment of a CTLA4 polypeptide typically comprises at least 8 amino acid residues (e.g., at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2) and encompasses an epitope of a CTLA4 polypeptide such that an antibody raised against the peptide forms an immune complex with a CTLA4 molecule. Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of CTLA4 that are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions. In another embodiment, an antibody binds specifically to a CTLA4 polypeptide. In a preferred embodiment, the CTLA4 polypeptide is a human CTLA4 polypeptide.
- Preferably, the antigenic peptide comprises at least about 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least about 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 about amino acid residues, and most preferably at least about 30 amino acid residues. Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of a CTLA4 polypeptide that are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, and that are unique to a CTLA4 polypeptide. In one embodiment such epitopes can be specific for a CTLA4 proteins from one species, such as mouse or human (i.e., an antigenic peptide that spans a region of a CTLA4 polypeptide that is not conserved across species is used as immunogen; such non conserved residues can be determined using an amino acid sequence, e.g., using one of the programs described supra). A standard hydrophobicity analysis of the CTLA4 protein can be performed to identify hydrophilic regions.
- A CTLA4 immunogen typically is used to prepare antibodies by immunizing a suitable subject, (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) with the immunogen. An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a CTLA4 immunogen, a recombinantly expressed CTLA4 protein or a chemically synthesized CTLA4 immunogen. The preparation can further include an adjuvant, such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant, alum, a cytokine or cytokines, or similar immunostimulatory agent. Immunization of a suitable subject with an immunogenic CTLA4 preparation induces a polyclonal anti-CTLA4 antibody response.
- III. Anti-CTLA4 Antibodies
- Another aspect of the invention pertains to anti-CTLA4 antibodies. Antibodies typically comprise two heavy chains linked together by disulfide bonds and two light chains. Each light chain is linked to a respective heavy chain by disulfide bonds. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain at one end and a constant domain at its other end. The light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. The light chain constant domain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain. The constant domains in the light and heavy chains are not involved directly in binding the antibody to antigen. The variable domains of each pair of light and heavy chains form the antigen binding site.
- The domains on the light and heavy chains have the same general structure and each domain comprises a framework of four regions, whose sequences are relatively conserved, connected by three complementarity determining regions (CDRs). The four framework regions largely adopt a beta-sheet conformation and the CDRs form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the beta-sheet structure. The CDRs are held in close proximity by the framework regions and, with the CDRs from the other domain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site. CDRs and framework regions of antibodies may be determined by reference to Kabat et al (“Sequences of proteins of immunological interest” US Dept. of Health and Human Services, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1987).
- Polyclonal anti-CTLA4 antibodies can be prepared as described above by immunizing a suitable subject with a CTLA4 immunogen. The anti-CTLA4 antibody titer in the immunized subject can be monitored over time by standard techniques, such as with an enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) using immobilized a CTLA4 polypeptide. If desired, the antibody molecules directed against a CTLA4 polypeptide can be isolated from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) and further purified by well known techniques, such as protein A chromatography to obtain the IgG fraction. At an appropriate time after immunization, e.g., when the anti-CTLA4 antibody titers are highest, antibody-producing cells can be obtained from the subject and used to prepare monoclonal antibodies by standard techniques, such as the hybridoma technique originally described by Kohler and Milstein (1975, Nature 256:495-497) (see also, Brown et al. (1981) J. Immunol. 127:539-46; Brown et al. (1980) J. Biol. Chem. 255:4980-83; Yeh et al. (1976) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76:2927-31; and Yeh et al. (1982) Int. J. Cancer 29:269-75), the more recent human B cell hybridoma technique (Kozbor et al. (1983) Immunol Today 4:72), the EBV-hybridoma technique (Cole et al. (1985), Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96) or trioma techniques. The technology for producing monoclonal antibody hybridomas is well known (see generally R. H. Kenneth, in Monoclonal Antibodies: A New Dimension In Biological Analyses, Plenum Publishing Corp., New York, N.Y. (1980); E. A. Lerner (1981) Yale J. Biol. Med., 54:387-402; M. L. Gefter et al. (1977) Somatic Cell Genet., 3:231-36). Briefly, an immortal cell line (typically a myeloma) is fused to lymphocytes (typically splenocytes) from a mammal immunized with a CTLA4 immunogen as described above, and the culture supernatants of the resulting hybridoma cells are screened to identify a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody that binds specifically to a CTLA4 polypeptide.
- Any of the many well known protocols used for fusing lymphocytes and immortalized cell lines can be applied for the purpose of generating an anti-CTLA4 monoclonal antibody (see, e.g., G. Galfre et al. (1977) Nature 266:55052; Gefter et al. Somatic Cell Genet., cited supra; Lerner, Yale J. Biol. Med., cited supra; Kenneth, Monoclonal Antibodies, cited supra). Moreover, the ordinary skilled worker will appreciate that there are many variations of such methods which also would be useful. Typically, the immortal cell line (e.g., a myeloma cell line) is derived from the same mammalian species as the lymphocytes. For example, murine hybridomas can be made by fusing lymphocytes from a mouse immunized with an immunogenic preparation of the present invention with an immortalized mouse cell line. Preferred immortal cell lines are mouse myeloma cell lines that are sensitive to culture medium containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine (“HAT medium”). Any of a number of myeloma cell lines may be used as a fusion partner according to standard techniques, e.g., the P3-NS1/1-Ag4-1, P3-x63-Ag8.653 or Sp2/O-Ag14 myeloma lines. These myeloma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md. Typically, HAT-sensitive mouse myeloma cells are fused to mouse splenocytes using polyethylene glycol (“PEG”). Hybridoma cells resulting from the fusion are then selected using HAT medium, which kills unfused and unproductively fused myeloma cells (unfused splenocytes die after several days because they are not transformed). Hybridoma cells producing a monoclonal antibody of the invention are detected by screening the hybridoma culture supernatants for antibodies that bind a CTLA4 molecule, e.g., using a standard ELISA assay.
- Anti-CTLA4 antibodies may bind to any portion of the CTLA4 molecule. Preferably, anti-CTLA4 antibodies bind to the extracellular domain of the CTLA4 molecule. Preferred antibodies bind to the CTLA4 molecule at a site in spatial proximity to the site of CD80/CD86 binding. In one embodiment, anti-CTLA4 antibodies are affected by the substitution of the glutamic acid residue at position 46 of the CTLA4 molecule. In another embodiment, preferred antibodies are affected by the substitution of the arginine at position 85 of the CTLA4 molecule.
- Preferred antibodies are anti-human CTLA4
25, 26, 27, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36, or 38 described herein. These antibodies were determined to be of the IgG1 isotype. The preparation and characterization of these antibodies is described in detail in the appended examples. Hybridoma cells were deposited with the American Type Culture Collection, which meets the requirements of the Budapest Treaty, on as ATCC Accession No. ______ (monoclonal antibody numbers antibody 25 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 26 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 27 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 29 or hybridoma ), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 33 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 34 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 35 or hybridoma), ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 36 or hybridoma), and ATCC Accession No. ______ (antibody 38 or hybridoma). - A particularly preferred anti-human CTLA4 antibody is
antibody 26, which is described in detail in the appended examples and which blocks binding to CD80/CD86 and, thus, results in blocking the transmission of a negative signal via CTLA4. The amino acid sequences of the VH and VK regions ofantibody 26 are set forth in Example 6. The amino acid sequences of a humanized version ofantibody 26 are provided in Example 7. - As an alternative to preparing monoclonal antibody-secreting hybridomas, a monoclonal anti-CTLA4 antibody can be identified and isolated by screening a recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin library (e.g., an antibody phage display library) with CTLA4 to thereby isolate immunoglobulin library members that bind a CTLA4 polypeptide. Kits for generating and screening phage display libraries are commercially available (e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System, Catalog No. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurfZAP™ Phage Display Kit, Catalog No. 240612). Additionally, examples of methods and reagents particularly amenable for use in generating and screening antibody display library can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. International Publication No. WO 90/02809; McCafferty et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,172,197; Johnson et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,471; Jespers et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,017,732; Griffiths et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,010,884; McCafferty et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,969,108; Griffiths et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,255; Griffiths et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,885,793; Borrebaeck et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,027,930; Borrebaeck et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,712,089; Fuchs et al. (1991) Biotechnology (NY) 9:1369-1372; Jespers et al. (1994) Biotechnology (NY) 12:899-903; Hay et al. (1992) Hum. Antibod. Hybridomas 3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281; Griffiths et al. (1993) EMBO J. 12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992) J. Mol. Biol. 226:889-896; Clarkson et al. (1991) Nature 352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:3576-3580; Garrard et al. (1991) Biotechnology (NY) 9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19:4133-4137; Barbas et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:7978-7982; and McCafferty et al. (1990) Nature 348:552-554.
- Antibody fragments, such as Fv, F(ab′)2 and Fab may be prepared by cleavage of the intact protein, e.g., by protease or chemical cleavage. Alternatively, a truncated gene is designed. For example, a chimeric gene encoding a portion of the F(ab′) 2 fragment would include DNA sequences encoding the CH1 domain and hinge region of the H chain, followed by a translational stop codon to yield the truncated molecule. For example, consensus sequences of H and L J regions may be used to design oligonucleotides for use as primers to introduce useful restriction sites into the J region for subsequent linkage of V region segments to human C region segments. C region cDNA can be modified by site directed mutagenesis to place a restriction site at the analogous position in the human sequence.
- The antibody may be produced as a single chain, instead of the normal multimeric structure. Single chain antibodies are described in Jost et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 269:26267-73, and others. DNA sequences encoding the variable region of the heavy chain and the variable region of the light chain are ligated to a spacer encoding at least about 4 amino acids of small neutral amino acids, including glycine and/or serine. The protein encoded by this fusion allows assembly of a functional variable region that retains the specificity and affinity of the original antibody.
- For in vivo use, particularly for injection into humans, it is desirable to decrease the antigenicity of the blocking agent. An immune response of a recipient against the blocking agent will potentially decrease the period of time that the therapy is effective. Methods of humanizing antibodies are known in the art. The humanized antibody may be the product of an animal having transgenic human immunoglobulin constant region genes (see for example International Patent Applications WO 90/10077 and WO 90/04036). Alternatively, the antibody of interest may be engineered by recombinant DNA techniques to substitute the CH1, CH2, CH3, hinge domains, and/or the framework domain with the corresponding human sequence (see WO 92/02190).
- The use of Ig cDNA for construction of chimeric immunoglobulin genes is known in the art (Liu et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 84:3439 and (1987) J. Immunol. 139:3521). mRNA is isolated from a hybridoma or other cell producing the antibody and used to produce cDNA. The cDNA of interest may be amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using specific primers (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202). Alternatively, a library is made and screened to isolate the sequence of interest. The DNA sequence encoding the variable region of the antibody is then fused to human constant region sequences. The sequences of human constant regions genes may be found in Kabat et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, N.I.H. publication no. 91-3242. Human C region genes are readily available from known clones. The choice of isotype will be guided by the desired effector functions, such as complement fixation, or activity in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity. Preferred isotypes are IgG1, IgG3 and IgG4. Either of the human light chain constant regions, kappa or lambda, may be used. The chimeric, humanized antibody is then expressed by conventional methods.
- Chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, for example using methods described in Robinson et al. International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al. European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al. European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al. PCT Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al. European Patent Application 125,023; Hardman et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,708; Better et al. (1988) Science 240:1041-1043; Liu et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:3439-3443; Liu et al. (1987) J. Immunol. 139:3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:214-218; Bendig, M. M. et al. (1995) “Rodent to human antibodies by CDR-grafting,” in Antibody Engineering: A Practical Approach, eds. Chiswell, D. J., McCafferty, J. and Hoogenboom, H. IRL Press, Oxford. p147; Nishimura et al. (1987) Canc. Res. 47:999-1005; Wood et al. (1985) Nature 314:446-449; and Shaw et al. (1988) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 80:1553-1559); Morrison, S. L. (1985) Science 229:1202-1207; Oi et al. (1986) Biotechniques 4:214; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al. (1986) Nature 321:552-525; Verhoeyan et al. (1988) Science 239:1534; and Beidler et al. (1988) J. Immunol. 141:40534060. In addition, humanized antibodies can be made according to standard protocols such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,777,085; 5,530,101; 5,693,762; 5,693,761; 5,882,644; 5,834,597; 5,932,448; and 5,565,332.
- Fully human anti-CTLA4 antibodies may also be made by immunizing animals (e.g., mice) transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes using the methods of Lonberg and Huszar (1995) Int. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93; Lonberg et al. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,877,397, 5,874,299, 5,814,318, 5,789,650, 5,770,429, 5,661,016, 5,633,425, 5,625,126, 5,569,825, and 5,545,806; and Kucherlapati et al. U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,162,963, 6,150,584, 6,114,598, and 6,075,181.
- For example, an antibody may be humanized by grafting the desired CDRs onto a human framework, e.g., according to EP-A-0239400. A DNA sequence encoding the desired reshaped antibody can therefore be made beginning with the human DNA whose CDRs it is wished to reshape. The rodent variable domain amino acid sequence containing the desired CDRs is compared to that of the chosen human antibody variable domain sequence. The residues in the human variable domain are marked that need to be changed to the corresponding residue in the rodent to make the human variable region incorporate the rodent CDRs. There may also be residues that need substituting, e.g., adding to or deleting from the human sequence. Oligonucleotides can be synthesized that can be used to mutagenize the human variable domain framework to contain the desired residues. Those oligonucleotides can be of any convenient size.
- Alternatively, humanization may be achieved using the recombinant polymerase chain reaction (PCR) methodology of WO 92/07075. Using this methodology, a CDR may be spliced between the framework regions of a human antibody. In general, the technique of WO 92/07075 can be performed using a template comprising two human framework regions, AB and CD, and between them, the CDR which is to be replaced by a donor CDR. Primers A and B are used to amplify the framework region AB, and primers C and D used to amplify the framework region CD. However, the primers B and C each also contain, at their 5′ ends, an additional sequence corresponding to all or at least part of the donor CDR sequence. Primers B and C overlap by a length sufficient to permit annealing of their 5′ ends to each other under conditions which allow a PCR to be performed. Thus, the amplified regions AB and CD may undergo gene splicing by overlap extension to produce the humanized product in a single reaction.
- In one method, humanized anti-CTLA4 antibodies can be made by joining polynucleotides encoding portions of immunoglobulins capable of binding CTLA4 to polynucleotides encoding appropriate human framework regions. Exemplary humanization methods can be found, e.g., in Queen et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029 or U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,585,089, 5,693,762, 5,693,761, or 5,530,101, the teachings of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. To select the human framework region, a framework or variable region amino acid sequence of a CDR-providing non-human immunoglobulin is compared with corresponding sequences in a human immunoglobulin sequence collection, and a sequence having high homology is selected. A principle behind the selection is that as acceptor, a framework is used from a particular human immunoglobulin that is unusually homologous to the donor immunoglobulin to be humanized, or to use a consensus framework from many human antibodies. For example, comparison of the sequence of a mouse heavy (or light) chain variable region against human heavy (or light) variable regions in a data bank (for example, the National Biomedical Research Foundation Protein Identification Resource) shows that the extent of homology to different human regions varies greatly, typically from about 40% to about 60-70%. By choosing immunoglobulin one of the human heavy (respectively light) chain variable regions that is most homologous to the heavy (respectively light) chain variable region of the donor immunoglobulin as the acceptor, fewer amino acids will need to be changed in going from the donor immunoglobulin to the humanized immunoglobulin. Thus, there is a smaller chance of changing an amino acid near the CDRs that distorts their conformation. Moreover, the precise overall shape of a humanized antibody comprising the humanized immunoglobulin chain may more closely resemble the shape of the donor antibody, also reducing the chance of distorting the CDRs. Due to codon degeneracy and non-critical amino-acid substitutions, other polynucleotide sequences can be readily substituted for those sequences, as detailed below.
- In making a humanized antibody amino acids in the human Ig to be used (human acceptor sequence) can be replaced by the corresponding amino acids from the non-human starting Ig (donor sequence) if they are in a CDR.
- In another embodiment of the present invention, either in conjunction with the above step or separately, additional amino acids in the acceptor immunoglobulin chain may be replaced with amino acids from the CDR-donor immunoglobulin chain. More specifically, further substitutions of a human framework amino acid of the acceptor immunoglobulin with the corresponding amino acid from a donor immunoglobulin can be made at positions which fall into one or more of the following categories:
- (1) the amino acid in the human framework region of the acceptor immunoglobulin is rare or unusual for human immunoglobulin sequences at that position, and the corresponding amino acid in the donor immunoglobulin is common for that position in human immunoglobulin sequences; or
- (2) the amino acid is immediately adjacent to one of the CDRs; or
- (3) the amino acid is predicted to be within about 3 angstroms of the CDRs in a three-dimensional immunoglobulin model and capable of interacting with the antigen or with the CDRs of the donor or humanized immunoglobulin.
- Moreover, an amino acid in the acceptor sequence may optionally be replaced with an amino acid typical for human sequences at that position if:
- (4) the amino acid in the acceptor immunoglobulin is rare for that position and the corresponding amino acid in the donor immunoglobulin is also rare, relative to other human sequences.
- The humanized immunoglobulin chain will typically comprise at least about 3 amino acids from the donor immunoglobulin in addition to the CDRs, usually at least one of which is immediately adjacent to a CDR in the donor immunoglobulin. The heavy and light chains may each be designed by using any one or all three of the position criteria.
- When combined into an intact antibody, the humanized light and heavy chains of the present invention will be substantially non-immunogenic in humans and retain substantially the same affinity as the donor immunoglobulin for the antigen (such as a protein or other compound containing an epitope). These affinity levels can vary from about 108 M−1 or higher, and may be within about 4 fold, preferably within about 2 fold of the donor immunoglobulin. Ideally, the humanized antibodies will exhibit affinity levels at least about 60 to 90% of the donor immunoglobulin's original affinity to the antigen.
- Typically, one of the 3-5 most homologous heavy chain variable region sequences in a representative collection of at least about 10 to 20 distinct human heavy chains will be chosen as acceptor to provide the heavy chain framework, and similarly for the light chain. Preferably, one of the 1-3 most homologous variable regions will be used. The selected acceptor immunoglobulin chain will most preferably have at least about 65% homology in the framework region to the donor immunoglobulin.
- In many cases, it may be considered preferable to use light and heavy chains from the same human antibody as acceptor sequences, to be sure the humanized light and heavy chains will make favorable contacts with each other. In this case, the donor light and heavy chains will be compared only against chains from human antibodies whose complete sequence is known, e.g., the Eu, Lay, Pom, Wol, Sie, Gal, Ou and WEA antibodies (see, e.g., “Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” Kabat, E., et al., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, (1987)); occasionally, the last few amino acids of a human chain are not known and must be deduced by homology to other human antibodies). The human antibody will be chosen in which the light and heavy chain variable regions sequences, taken together, are overall most homologous to the donor light and heavy chain variable region sequences. Sometimes greater weight will be given to the heavy chain sequence. The chosen human antibody will then provide both light and heavy chain acceptor sequences. In practice, it is often found that the human Eu antibody will serve this role.
- Regardless of how the acceptor immunoglobulin is chosen, higher affinity may be achieved by selecting a small number of amino acids in the framework of the humanized immunoglobulin chain to be the same as the amino acids at those positions in the donor rather than in the acceptor. A second principle is that the following categories define what amino acids may be selected from the donor. Preferably, at many or all amino acid positions in one of the following categories, the donor amino acid will in fact be selected.
- Category 1: The amino acid position is in a CDR is defined by see, e.g., “Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” Kabat, E. et al., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, (1987).
- Category 2: If an amino acid in the framework of the human acceptor immunoglobulin is unusual (i.e., “rare”, which as used herein indicates an amino acid occurring at that position in less than about 20% but usually less than about 10% of human heavy (respectively light) chain V region sequences in a representative data bank), and if the donor amino acid at that position is typical for human sequences (i.e., “common”, which as used herein indicates an amino acid occurring in more than about 25% but usually more than about 50% of sequences in a representative data bank), then the donor amino acid rather than the acceptor may be selected. This criterion helps ensure that an atypical amino acid in the human framework does not disrupt the antibody structure. Moreover, by replacing an unusual amino acid with an amino acid from the donor antibody that happens to be typical for human antibodies, the humanized antibody may be made less immunogenic.
- All human light and heavy chain variable region sequences are respectively grouped into “subgroups” of sequences that are especially homologous to each other and have the same amino acids at certain critical positions (see, e.g., “Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” Kabat, E., et al., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, (1987)). When deciding whether an amino acid in a human acceptor sequence is “rare” or “common” among human sequences, it will often be preferable to consider only those human sequences in the same subgroup as the acceptor sequence.
- Category 3: In the positions immediately adjacent to one or more of the 3 CDRs in the primary sequence of the humanized immunoglobulin chain, the donor amino acid(s) rather than acceptor amino acid may be selected. These amino acids are particularly likely to interact with the amino acids in the CDRs and, if chosen from the acceptor, to distort the donor CDRs and reduce affinity. Moreover, the adjacent amino acids may interact directly with the antigen (Amit et al., Science, 233, 747-753 (1986), which is incorporated herein by reference) and selecting these amino acids from the donor may be desirable to keep all the antigen contacts that provide affinity in the original antibody.
- Category 4: A 3-dimensional model, typically of the original donor antibody, shows that certain amino acids outside of the CDRs are close to the CDRs and have a good probability of interacting with amino acids in the CDRs by hydrogen bonding, Van der Waals forces, hydrophobic interactions, etc. At those amino acid positions, the donor immunoglobulin amino acid rather than the acceptor immunoglobulin amino acid may be selected. Amino acids according to this criterion will generally have a side chain atom within about 3 angstrom units of some atom in the CDRs and must contain an atom that could interact with the CDR atoms according to established chemical forces, such as those listed above. In the case of atoms that may form a hydrogen bond, the 3 angstroms is measured between their nuclei, but for atoms that do not form a bond, the 3 angstroms is measured between their Van der Waals surfaces. Hence, in the latter case, the nuclei must be within about 6 angstroms (3+sum of the Van der Waals radii) for the atoms to be considered capable of interacting. In many cases the nuclei will be from 4 or 5 to 6 angstroms apart. In determining whether an amino acid can interact with the CDRs, it is preferred not to consider the last 8 amino acids of
heavy chain CDR 2 as part of the CDRs, because from the viewpoint of structure, these 8 amino acids behave more as part of the framework. - Amino acids in the framework that are capable of interacting with amino acids in the CDRs, and which therefore belong to
Category 4, may be distinguished in another way. The solvent accessible surface area of each framework amino acid is calculated in two ways: (1) in the intact antibody, and (2) in a hypothetical molecule consisting of the antibody with its CDRs removed. A significant difference between these numbers of about 10 square angstroms or more shows that access of the framework amino acid to solvent is at least partly blocked by the CDRs, and therefore that the amino acid is making contact with the CDRs. Solvent accessible surface area of an amino acid may be calculated based on a 3-dimensional model of an antibody, using algorithms known in the art (e.g., Connolly, J. Appl. Cryst. 16, 548 (1983) and Lee and Richards (1971) J. Mol. Biol. 55:379, both of which are incorporated herein by reference). Framework amino acids may also occasionally interact with the CDRs indirectly, by affecting the conformation of another framework amino acid that in turn contacts the CDRs. - The amino acids at several positions in the framework are known to be capable of interacting with the CDRs in many antibodies (Chothia and Lesk (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901; Chothia et al. (1989) Nature 342:877; and Tramontano et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:75, all of which are incorporated herein by reference), notably at
2, 48, 64 and 71 of the light chain and 26-30, 71 and 94 of the heavy chain (numbering according to Kabat, op. cit.), and therefore these amino acids will generally be inpositions Category 4. Typically, humanized immunoglobulins, of the present invention will include donor amino acids (where different) incategory 4 in addition to these. - Computer programs to create models of proteins such as antibodies are generally available and well known to those skilled in the art (see, Levy et al. (1989) Biochemistry 28:7168-7175; Bruccoleri et al. (1988) Nature 335:564-568; Chothia et al. (1986) Science 233:755-758, all of which are incorporated herein by reference). Indeed, because all antibodies have similar structures, the known antibody structures, which are available from the Brookhaven Protein Data Bank, can be used if necessary as rough models of other antibodies. Commercially available computer programs can be used to display these models on a computer monitor, to calculate the distance between atoms, and to estimate the likelihood of different amino acids interacting (see, Ferrin et al. (1988) J. Mol. Graphics 6:13-27).
- In addition to the above categories, which describe when an amino acid in the humanized immunoglobulin may be taken from the donor, certain amino acids in the humanized immunoglobulin may be taken from neither the donor nor acceptor, if they fall into:
- Category 5: If the amino acid at a given position in the donor immunoglobulin is “rare” for human sequences, and the amino acid at that position in the acceptor immunoglobulin is also “rare” for human sequences, as defined above, then the amino acid at that position in the humanized immunoglobulin may be chosen to be some amino acid “typical” of human sequences. A preferred choice is the amino acid that occurs most often at that position in the known human sequences belonging to the same subgroup as the acceptor sequence.
- Human constant region DNA sequences can be isolated in accordance with well known procedures from a variety of human cells, but preferably immortalized B-cells (see, e.g., “Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” Kabat, E., et al., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, (1987) and WO87/02671). The CDRs for producing the immunoglobulins of the present invention will be similarly derived from monoclonal antibodies capable of binding to CTLA4 and produced in any convenient mammalian source, including, mice, rats, rabbits, or other vertebrate capable of producing antibodies by well known methods. Suitable source cells for the polynucleotide sequences and host cells for immunoglobulin expression and secretion can be obtained from a number of sources, such as the American Type Culture Collection (Catalogue of Cell Lines and Hybridomas, Fifth edition (1985) Rockville, Md., U.S.A., which is incorporated herein by reference).
- In another embodiment, antibody chains or specific binding pair members can be produced by recombination between vectors comprising nucleic acid molecules encoding a fusion of a polypeptide chain of a specific binding pair member and a component of a replicable genetic display package and vectors containing nucleic acid molecules encoding a second polypeptide chain of a single binding pair member using techniques known in the art, e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,565,332, 5,871,907, 5,858,657, or 5,733,743.
- IV. Immunotoxins
- An antibody or antibody portion of the invention can be derivatized or linked to another functional molecule (e.g., a peptide or polypeptide). Accordingly, the antibodies and antibody portions of the invention are intended to include derivatized and otherwise modified forms of the anti-CTLA4 antibodies described herein, including, e.g., antibodies conjugated to other molecules (e.g., antibodies or polypeptides which bind to other T cell markers T cells). For example, an antibody or antibody portion of the invention can be functionally linked (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., to create a bispecific antibody or a diabody), a detectable agent, a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent, and/or a protein or peptide that can mediate associate of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
- One type of derivatized antibody is produced by crosslinking two or more antibodies (of the same type or of different types, e.g., to create bispecific antibodies). Suitable crosslinkers include those that are heterobifunctional, having two distinctly reactive groups separated by an appropriate spacer (e.g., m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester) or homobifunctional (e.g., disuccinimidyl suberate). Such linkers are available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, Ill.
- Useful detectable agents with which an antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be derivatized include fluorescent compounds. Exemplary fluorescent detectable agents include fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-1-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin and the like. An antibody may also be derivatized with detectable enzymes, such as alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase and the like. When an antibody is derivatized with a detectable enzyme, it is detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a detectable reaction product. For example, when the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase is present, the addition of hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine leads to a colored reaction product, which is detectable. An antibody may also be derivatized with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding.
- In one embodiment, anti-CTLA4 antibody or an antigen binding portion thereof is infused into a subject to bring about destruction of activated T cells. CTLA4 is expressed exclusively on activated T cells. Thus, because CTLA4 is present only on activated T cells, an immunotoxin that binds to and targets CTLA4 can be used to deplete these specific cells (e.g., by ablation by conjugating a toxic moiety to the antibody).
- A wide variety of toxic moieties are known in the art and may be conjugated to the antibodies of the invention (see Hertler and Frankel (1989) J. Clin. Oncol. 7:1932-1942). For example, toxic moieties may disrupt the cell membrane without internalization, toxic moieties may be internalized via a non-specific mechanism, or toxic moieties may be specifically internalized, e.g., by direct interaction with specific receptor proteins on the cell. Toxic moieties for use in the claimed invention can be e.g., naturally occurring or synthetic. Toxic moieties may be proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous, e.g., oligosaccharides. Examples include: numerous useful plant-, fungus- or even bacteria-derived toxic moieties, which, by way of example, include various A chain toxic moieties, particularly ricin A chain, ribosome inactivating proteins such as saporin or gelonin, .alpha.-sarcin, aspergillin, restrictocin, ribonucleases such as placental ribonuclease, angiogenic, diphtheria toxin, and pseudomonas exotoxin, and calicheamicin and will be discussed in more detail below.
- For example, in one embodiment, exemplary toxic moieties include “ribosome inactivating proteins” (RIPs) which by definition are able to directly inhibit the ribosomal translational machinery. The heterodimer peptide ricin is derived from the castor bean plant (Ricinus communis) and is an example of such a toxic moiety. The toxic activity of ricin is found entirely in one of its subunits (ricin A-chain). In one embodiment, a toxic moiety for use in the claimed invention is an active subunit of a toxin molecule. Ricin A-chain is thought to deactivate ribosome function by specifically depurinating the single adenine at position 4324 of 28S rRNA (Chen et al. (1998) Biochemistry 37:11605, Koehler et al. (1994) Bone Marrow Transplant 13:571-575; Duke-Cohan et al. (1993) Blood 82:2224-34). Another bipartite RIP toxic moiety is abrin, which is derived from the jequirity bean (Abrus precatorius) and is known to deactivate protein translation by the same mechanism as ricin-A (Krupakar et al. (1999) Biochem. J. 338:273-279). Other RIPs which can be used in connection with the invention include the plant cytotoxins saporin and gelonin. The Shiga-A toxic moiety from the microorganism Shigella dysenteriae also functions as an RIP (Fraser, M. E. (1994) Nat. Structural Biol. 1:59-64), as does the sarcin-A toxic moiety, derived from the mold Aspergillus giganteus (Lacadena et al. (1999) Proteins 37:474-484). Antibody-toxic moiety conjugates which include ricin-A and similar toxic moieties have been described previously in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,590,017, 4,906,469, 4,919,927, and 5,980,896, which are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
- Toxic moieties which ADP-ribosylate the protein elongation factor 2 (EF-2), e.g., bacterial diphtheria toxin (from Corynebacterium diphtheriae) and inhibit protein synthesis (Foley et al. (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270:23218-23225) can also be used in the antibody-toxic moiety conjugates of the invention. Antibody-toxic moiety conjugates which include diphtheria toxin or related toxic moieties which ADP-ribosylate the EF-2 have been described previously, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,545,985.
- Other potent toxic moieties are able to able to bring about eukaryotic cell death by interfering with microtubule function, thus causing mitotic arrest (Iwasaki (1998) Yakugaku Zasshi 118:112-126). Examples of such toxic moieties are the maytansinoid compounds (Takahashi et al. (1989) Mol. Gen. Genet. 220:53-59) which are found in certain mosses (e.g., maytenus buchananii; see Larson et al. (1999) J. Nat. Prod. 62:361-363). Antibody-toxic moiety conjugates which include maytansinoid have been described previously in U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020.
- Still other toxic moieties are able to activate the adenylate cyclase cAMP system, causing unregulated transport of anions and cations through the membrane. An example of this type of toxic moiety is the cholera toxin (de Haan et al. (1998) Immunol. Cell Biol. 76:270-279) derived from Vibrio cholerae, a microorganism that can cause fluid secretion and hemorrhage of intestinal cells.
- The bacterial pertussis toxin (derived from Bordetella pertussis) is able to specifically target the eukaryotic G protein complex, a key element in the transduction of many extracellular signal pathways, including those triggered by cytokine and hormone receptors. The pertussis toxin can ADP-ribosylate a subunit of the G protein complex, causing an uncoupling of its regulatory activity (Locht and Antoine (1995) Biochimie 77:333-340).
- In one embodiment, a toxic moiety for use in the antibody-toxic moiety conjugates of the invention is an oligosaccharide. For example, the oligosaccharide calicheamicin is a bacterial product which was identified as one of a class of carbohydrates which preferentially bind the minor groove of DNA (Kahne (1995) Chem. Biol. 2:7-12). Calicheamicin is known to non-specifically abstract the hydrogen atom from the 4′carbon of DNA deoxyribose groups causing double stranded DNA breaks with
terminal 3′-phosphoglycolate groups which are refractory to normal cellular repair mechanisms (Chaudhry et al. (1999) Biochem. Pharmacol. 57:531-538). Calicheamicin is a preferred toxic moiety for use in connection with the invention. Antibody calicheamicin conjugates have been described (Sievers et al. (1999) Blood 93:3678-3684; Lode et al. (1998) Cancer Res. 58:2925-2928). Other synthetic cytotoxic compounds, such as CC-1065, have similar DNA-fragmenting mechanisms as calicheamicin and are also known in the art (Gunz and Naegeli (1996) Biochem. Pharmacol. 52:447-453). Antibody-toxic moiety conjugates, in which calicheamicin is covalently attached to an antibody through disulfide bonds, have been described previously in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,773,001 and 5,739,116. - Another exemplary class of toxic moieties are bacterial toxic moieties which are able to form lethal holes in eukaryotic membranes, thus causing cell death without the need for endocytotic internalization. Aerolysin is one example of such a toxic moiety. Aerolysin can form hepatomer channels through a membrane upon binding to a cell surface (Parker et al. (1996) Mol. Microbiol. 19:205-212; Buckley (1991) Experimentia 47:418-419). Molecular conjugates which include aerolysin have been described previously in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,824,776 and 5,817,771.
- There are numerous methods known in the art for conjugating a toxic moiety to an antibody such that the activity of the toxic moiety is appropriately delivered upon binding of the antibody to a cell (Ghose and Blair (1987) Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 3:263-359; Hermentin and Seiler (1988) Behring Inst. Mitt. 82:197-215.). For example, when the cytotoxic agent is a protein and the second component is an intact immunoglobulin, the linkage may be by way of heterobifunctional cross-linkers, e.g., SPDP, carbodiimide, glutaraldehyde, or the like. Production of various immunotoxins is well-known with the art, and can be found, for example in “Monoclonal Antibody-Toxin Conjugates: Aiming the Magic Bullet,” Thorpe et al., Monoclonal Antibodies in Clinical Medicine, Academic Press, pp. 168-190 (1982), which is incorporated herein by reference. The components may also be linked genetically (see, Chaudhary et al., Nature 339, 394 (1989), which is herein incorporated by reference). Further methods for conjugating a toxic moiety to an antibody may also found in, for example, Amon et al. (1985) “Monoclonal Antibodies For Immunotargeting of Drugs in Cancer Therapy” in Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al. eds., Alan R. Liss, Inc. pp. 243-256; Hellstrom et al. (1987) “Antibodies For Drug Delivery” in Controlled Drug Delivery, 2nd ed., Robinson et al. eds., Marcel Dekker, Inc., pp. 623-653; Thorpe (1985) “Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review” in Monoclonal Antibodies '84: Biological and Clinical Applications, Pinchera et al. eds., pp. 475-506; “Analysis, Results, And Future Prospective Of The Therapeutic Use Of Radiolabeled Antibody In Cancer Therapy” in Monoclonal Antibodies for Cancer Detection and Therapy, Baldwin et al. eds., Academic Press, pp. 303-316, 1985; and Thorpe et al. (1982) Immunol. Rev. 62:119-158.
- For example, in one embodiment, a covalent linkage can be formed between the antibody and the toxic moiety. In some cases, the existing cell-binding portion of a toxic moiety must first be removed or altered to suppress its non-specific activity (Hertler and Frankel (1989) J. Clin. Oncol. 7:1932-1942). The covalent linkage of antibody to toxic moiety generally involves formation of a thioester or a disulfide bond. For example, conjugate compounds can be prepared by using N-succinimidyl-3-2(pyridyldithio)propionate, which can generate a disulfide linkage between an antibody and a toxic moiety (Colombatti et al. (1983) J. Immunology. 131:3091-3095). Numerous types of disulfide-bond containing linkers are known which can successfully be employed to conjugate the toxic moiety with a polypeptide.
- In one embodiment, linkers used to conjugate a toxic moiety to an antibody are hydrolyzable (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,714,586 and 5,712,374 and EP 0689845). For example, such hydrolyzable linkers may contain two functional groups. One group typically is a carboxylic acid that is utilized to react with the antibody. The acid functional group, when properly activated, can form an amide linkage with a free amine group of the antibody, such as, for example, the amino in the side chain of a lysine residue in the antibody. The other functional group commonly is a carbonyl group, e.g., an aldehyde or a ketone, which will react with a hydrazide group on the toxic moiety to form a hydrazone linkage. This linkage is hydrolyzable at the target cell (e.g., the cell being contacted by the antibody-toxic moiety conjugate) to release the toxic moiety from the antibody-toxic moiety conjugate. In one embodiment, linkers that contain a disulfide bond that is sterically “hindered” are preferred, due to their greater stability in vivo, thus preventing release of the toxic moiety prior to binding at the site of action.
- Other methods forming antibody-toxic moiety conjugates are known in the art, such as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,894,443, 5,208,021, 4,340,535, 5,877,296, 5,773,001, 5,767,285, 5,739,116, 5,714,586, 5,053,394, and 5,712,374, and in EP 44167 and EP 0689845.
- V. Expression of Antibodies
- An antibody, or antigen binding portion, of the invention can be prepared by recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light and heavy chain genes in a host cell. To express an antibody recombinantly, a host cell is transfected with one or more recombinant expression vectors carrying DNA fragments encoding the immunoglobulin light and heavy chains of the antibody such that the light and heavy chains are expressed in the host cell and, preferably, secreted into the medium in which the host cells are cultured, from which medium the antibodies can be recovered. Standard recombinant DNA methodologies are used obtain antibody heavy and light chain genes, incorporate these genes into recombinant expression vectors and introduce the vectors into host cells, such as those described in Sambrook, Fritsch and Maniatis (eds), Molecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., (1989), Ausubel, F. M. et al. (eds.) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates, (1989) and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397 by Boss et al.
- To express an anti-CTLA4 antibody, DNA fragments encoding the light and heavy chain variable regions are first obtained. These DNAs can be obtained by amplification and modification of germline light and heavy chain variable sequences using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Germline DNA sequences for human heavy and light chain variable region genes are known in the art (see e.g., the “Vbase” human germline sequence database; see also Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242; Tomlinson, I. M., et al. (1992) “The Repertoire of Human Germline VH Sequences Reveals about Fifty Groups of VH Segments with Different Hypervariable Loops” J. Mol. Biol. 227:776-798; and Cox, J. P. L. et al. (1994) “A Directory of Human Germ-line Vκ Segments Reveals a Strong Bias in their Usage” Eur. J. Immunol. 24:827-836; the contents of each of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference).
- To express the antibodies, or antigen binding portions of the invention, DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains, obtained as described above, are inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operatively linked to transcriptional and translational control sequences. In this context, the term “operatively linked” is intended to mean that an antibody gene is ligated into a vector such that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector serve their intended function of regulating the transcription and translation of the antibody gene. The expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used. The antibody light chain gene and the antibody heavy chain gene can be inserted into separate vector or, more typically, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector. The antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody gene fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present). Prior to insertion of the antibody-related light or heavy chain sequences, the expression vector may already carry antibody constant region sequences. For example, one approach to converting the antibody-related VH and VL sequences to full-length antibody genes is to insert them into expression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chain constant regions, respectively, such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector. Additionally or alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from a host cell. The antibody chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in-frame to the amino terminus of the antibody chain gene. The signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein).
- The nucleic acid sequences of the present invention capable of ultimately expressing the desired humanized antibodies can be formed from a variety of different polynucleotides (genomic or cDNA, RNA, synthetic oligonucleotides, etc.) and components (e.g., V, J, D, and C regions), as well as by a variety of different techniques. Joining appropriate genomic and synthetic sequences is presently the most common method of production, but cDNA sequences may also be utilized (see, European Patent Publication No. 0239400 and Reichmann, L. et al., Nature 332, 323-327 (1988), both of which are incorporated herein by reference).
- In addition to the antibody chain genes, the recombinant expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the antibody chain genes in a host cell. The term “regulatory sequence” includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes. Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc. Preferred regulatory sequences for mammalian host cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV) (such as the CMV promoter/enhancer), Simian Virus 40 (SV40) (such as the SV40 promoter/enhancer), adenovirus, (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma. For further description of viral regulatory elements, and sequences thereof, see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,168,062 by Stinski, U.S. Pat. No. 4,510,245 by Bell et al. and U.S. Pat. No. 4,968,615 by Schaffner et al.
- In addition to the antibody chain genes and regulatory sequences, the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes. The selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.). For example, typically the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced. Preferred selectable marker genes include the dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr-host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
- For expression of the light and heavy chains, the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is transfected into a host cell by standard techniques. The various forms of the term “transfection” are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like. Although it is theoretically possible to express the antibodies of the invention in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells, expression of antibodies in eukaryotic cells, and most preferably mammalian host cells, is the most preferred because such eukaryotic cells, and in particular mammalian cells, are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active antibody. Prokaryotic expression of antibody genes has been reported to be ineffective for production of high yields of active antibody (Boss, M. A. and Wood, C. R. (1985) Immunology Today 6:12-13).
- Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NSO myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells. When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
- Host cells can also be used to produce portions of intact antibodies, such as Fab fragments or scFv molecules. It will be understood that variations on the above procedure are within the scope of the present invention. For example, it may be desirable to transfect a host cell with DNA encoding either the light chain or the heavy chain (but not both) of an antibody of this invention. Recombinant DNA technology may also be used to remove some or all of the DNA encoding either or both of the light and heavy chains that is not necessary for binding to CTLA4. The molecules expressed from such truncated DNA molecules are also encompassed by the antibodies of the invention. In addition, bifunctional antibodies may be produced in which one heavy and one light chain are an antibody of the invention and the other heavy and light chain are specific for an antigen other than CTLA4 by crosslinking an antibody of the invention to a second antibody by standard chemical crosslinking methods.
- In a preferred system for recombinant expression of an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention, a recombinant expression vector encoding both the antibody heavy chain and the antibody light chain is introduced into dhfr-CHO cells by calcium phosphate-mediated transfection. Within the recombinant expression vector, the antibody heavy and light chain genes are each operatively linked to enhancer/promoter regulatory elements (e.g., derived from SV40, CMV, adenovirus and the like, such as a CMV enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory element or an SV40 enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory element) to drive high levels of transcription of the genes. The recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene, which allows for selection of CHO cells that have been transfected with the vector using methotrexate selection/amplification. The selected transformant host cells are culture to allow for expression of the antibody heavy and light chains and intact antibody is recovered from the culture medium. Standard molecular biology techniques are used to prepare the recombinant expression vector, transfect the host cells, select for transformants, culture the host cells and recover the antibody from the culture medium.
- Antibodies, (e.g., whole antibodies, their dimers, individual light and heavy chains, or other immunoglobulin forms of the present invention), can be purified according to standard procedures of the art, including ammonium sulfate precipitation, affinity columns, column chromatography, gel electrophoresis and the like (see, generally, R. Scopes, “Protein Purification”, Springer-Verlag, N.Y. (1982)). Substantially pure immunoglobulins of at least about 90 to 95% homogeneity are preferred, and 98 to 99% or more homogeneity most preferred, for pharmaceutical uses. Once purified, partially or to homogeneity as desired, the polypeptides may then be used therapeutically (including extracorporeally) or in developing and performing assay procedures, immunofluorescent stainings, and the like. (See, generally, Immunological Methods, Vols. I and II, Lefkovits and Pemis, eds., Academic Press, New York, N.Y. (1979 and 1981)).
- In view of the foregoing, another aspect of the invention pertains to nucleic acid, vector and host cell compositions that can be used for recombinant expression of the antibodies and antibody portions of the invention. For example, preferred portions of the heavy chain variable region of
antibody 26 include: FR1, amino acids 1-28; CDR1, amino acids 29-35; FR2, amino acids 36-49; CDR2, amino acids 50-66; FR3, amino acids 67-97; CDR3, amino acids 98-111; FR4, amino acids 112-123. The various regions of the light chain variable region ofantibody 26 include: FR1, amino acids 1-23; CDR1, amino acids 24-33; FR2, amino acids 34-48; CDR2, amino acids 49-55; FR3, amino acids 56-77; CDR3, amino acids 78-87; FR4, amino acids 88-106. - In one aspect the invention pertains to a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:3 (
mouse antibody 26 VH sequence), 5 (mouse antibody 26 VK sequence), 7 (humanizedantibody 26 VK sequence), or 9 (humanizedantibody 26 VH sequence). - In another aspect, the invention pertains to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: SEQ ID NO:4 (
mouse antibody 26 VH sequence), 6 (mouse antibody 26 VK sequence), 8 (humanizedantibody 26 VK sequence), or 10 (humanizedantibody 26 VH sequence). - It will be appreciated by the skilled artisan that nucleotide sequences encoding antibodies, or portions thereof (e.g., a CDR domain, such as a CDR3 domain), can be derived from the nucleotide sequences encoding the antibody using the genetic code and standard molecular biology techniques.
- The invention also provides recombinant expression vectors encoding both an antibody heavy chain and an antibody light chain. For example, in one embodiment, the invention provides a recombinant expression vector encoding:
- a) an antibody light chain having a variable region found in
antibody 26 or the humanized form thereof; and - b) an antibody heavy chain having a variable region found in
antibody 26 or the humanized form thereof. - The invention also provides host cells into which one or more of the recombinant expression vectors of the invention have been introduced. Preferably, the host cell is a mammalian host cell, more preferably the host cell is a CHO cell, an NSO cell or a COS cell.
- Still further the invention provides a method of synthesizing a recombinant human antibody of the invention by culturing a host cell of the invention in a suitable culture medium until a recombinant human antibody of the invention is synthesized. The method can further comprise isolating the recombinant human antibody from the culture medium.
- In one embodiment, anti CTLA4 antibodies can be administered in multivalent form (e.g., to downmodulate an immune response) CTLA4 antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof can be incorporated into constructs for downmodulating the immune response by expressing them on or attaching them to a surface that, upon introduction into a subject, would be exposed to the extracellular milieu. In this manner, the antigen binding portion of the antibody is available to bind to the appropriate molecules expressed on a T cell of the subject to which the constructs are administered.
- Such constructs can comprise a surface which acts to anchor an antigen-binding portion of an antibody that binds to CTLA4. A variety of different surfaces can be used in making the constructs of the invention. For example, in one embodiment, antibody binding portions can be attached to polymers comprising an exposed surface. Exemplary polymers include polysaccharides, acrylic polymers (e.g., polyacrolein or polystyrene or poly (alpha-hydroxy acids)), lactic acid polymers, or copolymers such as, polymers of lactic and glycolic acids. Beads and microbeads comprising a surface to which antigen binding portions of anti-CTLA4 antibody can be attached are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,871,747 and the like).
- In another embodiment, such a construct can comprise a lipid bilayer. For example, a construct can be an acellular construct, e.g., a liposome or a micelle. In yet another embodiment, a construct for use in the instant invention is a cell, such as a prokaryotic or a eukaryotic cell. Cells may be derived from any tissue or organ. Exemplary cells are derived from peripheral blood. Preferred cells include cells that can be maintained in culture.
- In one embodiment, a cell for use in a construct of the invention is a syngeneic cell. In another embodiment, a cell for use in a construct of the invention is an allogeneic cell. In yet another embodiment, a cell for use in a construct of the invention is a xenogeneic cell. In one embodiment, e.g., when the cell is an allogeneic or a xenogenic cell, the cell is selected to provide a missing or diminished function in the subject. For example, in the case of a subject that would benefit from transplantation of a liver cell, a liver cell can be used in the subject construct.
- A cell for use in a construct of the invention can be a wild-type (naturally occurring) cell or can comprise alterations that optimize its use in the subject constructs. In another embodiment, such a cell can be altered to express molecules which enhance its ability to bind to a T cell in a subject, e.g., by altering the cell to express adhesion molecules. For example, such a cell can be altered to eliminate expression of molecules that promote immunostimulation (e.g., CD28 or cytokines). In another example, such a cell can be altered to modify the ability of such a cell to process antigen so that the peptides presented by the cell can be controlled (e.g., by introducing a defect in antigen processing, see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,160).
- Surface-bound anti-CTLA4 antibodies can be attached to an exposed surface using a variety of art-recognized techniques, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,046,173. For example, in one embodiment a molecule for attachment can be associated with the exposed surface of the construct, e.g., in a covalent linkage. Covalent linkage includes, e.g., linkage by a bifunctional coupling agent and oxidative linkage. In one embodiment a molecule for attachment can be attached to the exposed surface directly (e.g., to the surface itself). In another embodiment, a molecule can be attached indirectly (e.g., attached to another molecule, such as a lipid (e.g., a fatty acid chain or prenyl group) or a polypeptide, present on the exposed surface.
- Many bifunctional coupling agents are useful for coupling organic molecules possessing various types of functional groups to proteins, including antibody molecules. The conjugation of organic molecules to proteins, including proteins possessing antibody specificity, is well-known in the art and is described, for example, in P. Tijssen, “Practice and Theory of Enzyme Immunoassays” (Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1985), pp. 279-296, incorporated herein by this reference.
- Briefly, organic molecules containing carboxyl groups or that can be carboxylated, can be coupled by the mixed anhydride reaction, by reaction with a water-soluble carbodiimide, or esterification with N-hydroxysuccinimide. Carboxylation can be performed by reactions such as alkylation of oxygen or nitrogen substituents with haloesters, followed by hydrolysis of the ester, or the formation of hemisuccinate esters or carboxymethyloximes on hydroxyl or ketone groups of steroids.
- Organic molecules with amino groups or nitro groups reducible to amino groups can be converted to diazonium salts and reacted with proteins at mildly alkaline pH, for aromatic amines. Organic molecules with aliphatic amines can be conjugated to proteins by various methods, including reaction with carbodiimides, reaction with the homobifunctional reagent tolylene-2,4-diisocyanate, or reaction with maleimide compounds. Aliphatic amines can also be converted to aromatic amines by reaction with p-nitrobenzoylchloride and subsequent reduction to a p-aminobenzoylamide, which can then be coupled to proteins after diazotization. Also, bifunctional imidate esters, such as dimethylpimelimidate, dimethyladipimidate, or dimethylsuberimidate, can be used to conjugate amino group-containing organic molecules to proteins.
- Thiol-containing organic molecules can be conjugated to proteins with malemides, such as 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid N-hydroxysuccinimide ester.
- For organic molecules with hydroxyl groups, an alcohol function can be converted to the hemisuccinate, which introduces a carboxyl group available for conjugation. Alternatively, the bifunctional reagent sebacoyldichloride converts an alcohol to an acid chloride, which then reacts with proteins.
- Phenols can be activated with diazotized p-aminobenzoic acid, which introduces a carboxyl group, and can then be reacted with the proteins by the mixed anhydride reaction. Sugars can be activated by forming a p-nitrophenyl glycoside, followed by reduction of the nitro group to an amino group and conjugation by diazotization. Other methods include the cleavage of vicinal glycols of sugars to aldehydes by reaction with periodate, followed by coupling to amines by reductive alkylation with sodium borohydride. Alternatively, hydroxyl containing organic molecules can be conjugated after conversion to chlorocarbonates by reaction with phosgene.
- For organic molecules with aldehyde or ketone groups, carboxyl groups can be introduced through the formation of O-carboxymethyloximes. Ketone groups can also be derivatized with p-hydrazinobenzoic acid to produce carboxyl groups.
- Organic molecules containing aldehydes can be directly conjugated through the formation of Schiff bases that are stabilized by reaction with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride.
- Oxidative linkages can also be used. Oxidative linkage is particularly useful when coupling radioactive iodine to antibodies. Suitable methods include: (1) chemical oxidation with chloramine-T; (2) chemical oxidation with iodogen (1,3,4,6-tetrachloro 3.alpha.,6.alpha.-diphenylglycoluril); (3) oxidation with the enzyme lactoperoxidase. Although not an oxidative procedure, another useful method for labeling with iodine is with 125I N-succinimidyl 3-(4-hydroxyphenylpropionate), generally known as Bolton-Hunter reagent. These techniques are described, e.g., in E. Harlow and D. Lane, “Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual” (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988), pp. 324-339.
- In another embodiment, an anti-CTLA4 antibody can be attached via a transmembrane domain (e.g., a membrane-spanning region of an integral membrane protein). Such a domain can be derived from the protein to be attached or from a different protein. For example, integral membrane proteins from which transmembrane domains can be derived include cell surface receptors (e.g., growth factor receptors), adhesion molecules (e.g., integrins, or selectins), or CD antigens. For example, transmembrane domains can be Type I domains which comprise about 25 hydrophobic amino acid residues and are usually followed by a cluster of basic amino acids (e.g., as found in CD2, CD40, or IL-4 receptor). Type II transmembrane domains can also be used. Type II domains cross the membrane such that the carboxy-terminal portion of the polypeptide is extracellular (e.g., in the case of CD72). Type III transmembrane domains can also be employed. Such domains cross a lipid bilayer numerous times (e.g., as in the case of G-protein linked receptors).
- In another embodiment, a molecule can be attached to the subject constructs using a glycosylphosphatidylinositol (GPI) anchor attached to the carboxy-terminal residue of the molecule. For example, GPI anchors can be derived from human placental alkaline phosphatase (see, e.g., Whitehorn et al. 1995 Biotechnology 13:1215-1219). GPI anchored molecules may have a signal sequence at their carboxy-terminus that is cleaved off and replaced by the GPI anchor (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,432).
- In another embodiment, a cell can be caused to express a molecule comprising a CTLA4 binding molecule (e.g., an anti-CTLA4 antibody or antigen binding portion thereof). For example, as set forth above, active molecules can be linked to cells as well as other surfaces to form the constructs of the invention. In addition, cells can be caused to express an active molecule by various nucleic acid manipulation procedures.
- Techniques for nucleic acid manipulation are well known. (See, e.g., Sambrook et al., (1989); Ausubel et al. (1987) and in Annual Reviews of Biochemistry, 61:131-156 (1992)). Reagents useful in applying such techniques, such as restriction enzymes and the like, are widely known in the art and commercially available from a number of vendors.
- Nucleic acid sequences encoding the selected molecules for expression in the invention may be obtained using known procedures for molecular cloning and replication of the vector or plasmid carrying the sequences in a suitable host cell.
- Nucleic acid sequences for use in the present invention may also be produced in part or in total by chemical synthesis, e.g. by the phosphoramidite method described by Beaucage and Carruthers, Tetra. Letts. 22:1859-1862 (1981), or the triester method (Matteucci et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981)), and may be performed on commercial automated oligonucleotide synthesizers. A double-stranded fragment may be obtained from the single-stranded product of chemical synthesis either by synthesizing the complementary strand and annealing the strand together under appropriate conditions, or by synthesizing the complementary strand using DNA polymerase with an appropriate primer sequence.
- The natural or synthetic nucleic acid fragments coding for a desired sequence may be incorporated into vectors capable of introduction into and replication in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. Usually the vectors are suitable for replication in a unicellular host, such as yeast or bacteria, but may also be introduced into cultured mammalian or plant or other eukaryotic cell lines, with or without integration within the genome. The vectors will typically comprise an expression system recognized by the host cell, including the intended recombinant nucleic acid fragment encoding the desired polypeptide. The vectors will also contain a selectable marker, i.e. a gene encoding a protein needed for the survival or growth of a host cell transformed with the vector. The presence of this gene ensures the growth of only those host cells which express the inserted nucleic acid of interest. Typical selection genes encode proteins that 1) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxic substances, e.g. ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, etc.; b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or c)supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g. the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli. The choice of the proper selectable marker will depend on the host cell, and appropriate markers for different hosts are well known in the art. Such vectors may be prepared by means of standard recombinant techniques well known in the art (Sambrook et al., (1989); Ausubel et al., (1987)).
- For gene transfer into the cells to express the selected molecules, nucleic acid may be directly introduced ex vivo in the form of “naked” nucleic acid, e.g. by microinjection, electroporation, as calcium-phosphate-DNA gels, with DEAE dextran, or in encapsulated form, e.g. in vesicles such as liposomes, or in a suitable viral vector.
- Vectors containing the nucleic acid encoding the desired molecules for expression are preferably recombinant expression vectors in which high levels of gene expression may occur, and which contain appropriate regulatory sequences for transcription and translation of the inserted nucleic acid sequence. Regulatory sequences refers to those sequences normally associated (e.g. within 50 kb) of the coding region of a locus which affect the expression of the gene (including transcription of the gene, and translation, splicing, stability or the like, of the messenger RNA). A transcriptional regulatory region encompasses all the elements necessary for transcription, including the promoter sequence, enhancer sequence and transcription factor binding sites. Regulatory sequences also include, inter alia, splice sites and polyadenylation sites. An internal ribosomal entry site(IRES) sequence may be placed between recombinant coding sequences to permit expression of more than one coding sequence with a single promoter.
- Exemplary transcriptional control regions include: the SV40 early promoter region, the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter (human CMV IE94 promoter region (Boshart et al, Cell, 41:521-530 (1985)); the promoter contained in the 3′ long terminal repeat of Rous sarcoma virus or other retroviruses; the herpes thymidine kinase promoter; the regulatory sequences of the methallothionein gene; regions from the human IL-2 gene (Fujita et al., Cell, 46:401-407 (1986)); regions from the human IFN gene (Ciccarone et al., J. Immunol. 144:725-730 (1990)); regions from the human IFN gene (Shoemaker et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:9650-9654(1990)); regions from the human IL-4 gene (Arai et al., J. Immunol. 142:274-282 (1989)); regions from the human lymphotoxin gene (Nedwin et al., Nucl. Acids. res. 13:6361-6373 (1985)); regions from the human granulocyte-macrophage CSF gene (GM-CSF) (Miyatake et al., EMBO J. 4:2561-2568 (1985)); and others. When viral vectors are employed, recombinant coding sequences may be positioned in the vector so that their expression is regulated by regulatory sequences such as promoters naturally residing in the viral vector.
- In addition, operational elements may include leader sequences, termination codons, and other sequences needed or preferred for the appropriate transcription and subsequent translation of the inserted nucleic acid sequences.
- Secretion signals may also be included whether from a native protein, or from other secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, which permit the molecule to enter cell membranes, and attain a functional conformation.
- It will be understood by one skilled in the art that the correct combination of expression control elements will depend on the recipient (“host”) cells chosen to express the molecules. The expression vector should contain additional elements needed for the transfer and subsequent replication of the expression vector containing the inserted nucleic acid sequences in the host cells. Examples of such elements include, but are not limited to, origins of replication and selectable markers.
- The vector may contain at least one positive marker that enables the selection of cells carrying the inserted nucleic acids. The selectable molecule may be a gene which, upon introduction into the cell, expresses a dominant phenotype permitting positive selection of cells carrying the gene. Genes of this type are known in the art and include, for example, drug resistance genes such as hygromycin-B phosphotransferase (hph) which confers resistance to the antibiotic G418; the aminoglycoside phosphotransferase gene (neo or aph) from Tn5 which codes for resistance to the antibiotic G418; the dihydrofolate reductase (DHRF) gene; the adenosine deaminase gene (ADA) and the multi-drug resistance (MDR) gene.
- Suitable vectors for the invention may be plasmid or viral vectors, including baculoviruses, adenoviruses, poxviruses, adenoassociated viruses (AAV), and retroviral vectors (Price et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:156-160 (1987) such as the MMLV based replication incompetent vector pMV-7 (Kirschmeier et al., DNA 7:219-225 (1988)), as well as human and yeast artificial chromosomes (HACs and YACs). Plasmid expression vectors include plasmids including pBR322, pUC or BLUESCRIPT™ (Stratagene, San Diego, Calif.). Exemplary vectors are described e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,040,147; 6,033,908; 6,037,172; 6,027,722; 5,741,486; 5,656,465.
- Recombinant viral vectors are introduced into cells using standard infection conditions. Infection techniques have been developed which use recombinant infectious virus particles for gene delivery into cells. Viral vectors used in this way include vectors derived from simian virus 40 (SV40; Karlsson et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:158 (1985)); adenoviruses(Karlsson etl al., EMBO J., 5:2377 (1986)); AAV (Carter, Current Opinion in Biotechnology, 3:533-539 (1992)); vaccinia virus (Moss, et. al., Vaccine, 6:161-3, 1988)); and retroviruses (Coffin, in Weiss et al., (eds.), RNA Tumor Viruses, 2nd ed. Vol. 2, Cold Spring Laboratory, New York, pp. 17-71 (1985)).
- In retroviral vectors, genes are inserted so as to be under the transcriptional control of the promoter incorporated in the retroviral long terminal repeat (LTR), or by placing them under the control of a heterologous promoter inserted between the LTRs. This latter strategy provides a way of coexpressing a dominant selectable marker gene in the vector, thus permitting selection of cells that are expressing specific vector sequences.
- Nonreplicating viral vectors can be produced in packaging cell lines which produce virus particles which are infectious but replication defective, rendering them useful vectors for introduction of nucleic acid into a cell lacking complementary genetic information enabling encapsidation (Mann et al., cell 33:153 (1983); Miller and Buttimore, Mol. Cell. Biol. 6:2895 (1986) (PA317, ATCC CRL9078). Packaging cell lines which contain amphotrophic packaging genes able to transduce cells of human and other species origin are preferred.
- DNA vectors containing the inserted genes or coding sequences are introduced into cells using standard methods, such as electroporation, liposomal preparations, Ca-PH-DNA gels, DEAE-dextran, nucleic acid particle “guns” and other suitable methods.
- In general, nucleic acid encoding the selected molecules is inserted by standard recombinant DNA methods into a vector containing appropriate transcription and translation control sequences, including initiation sequences operably linked to the gene sequence to result in expression of the recombinant genes in the recipient host. Operably linked refers to a juxtaposition wherein the components are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner. For instance, a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter effects its transcription or expression.
- The nucleic acid sequences encoding the proteins or protein fragments selected for expression in may be inserted in a single vector or in separate vectors. More than one gene encoding a selected polypeptide, or portion thereof, may be inserted into a single vector or in separate vectors.
- Expression of recombinant genes of interest after introduction into APCs is confirmed by immunoassays or biological assays for functional activity of the protein product. For example, expression of introduced molecules into cells may be confirmed by detecting the binding of labeled antibodies specific for the molecules to the cells using assays well known in the art such as FACS(Fluorescent Activated Cell Sorting) or ELISA (enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay).
- Biological activity of the engineered cells can be verified, for example, in in vitro assays. The ability of the cells of the invention to function as desired, e.g. to bind to CTLA4 and to downmodulate an immune response may be tested using standard in vitro and/or in vivo assays.
- VI. Pharmaceutical Compositions
- CTLA4 antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof (including antibody or antibody binding portion toxic moiety-conjugates) of the invention can be incorporated into compositions, e.g., pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration. Such compositions typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, CREMOPHOR EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (e.g., a CTLA4 protein or anti-CTLA4 antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
- The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
- It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
- Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
- The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
- In one embodiment of the present invention a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody to a CTLA4 protein is administered to a subject. As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of antibody (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments. In a preferred example, a subject is treated with antibody in the range of between about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. It will also be appreciated that the effective dosage of antibody used for treatment may increase or decrease over the course of a particular treatment. Changes in dosage may result from the results of diagnostic assays as described herein.
- In one embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition for injection could be made up to contain 1 ml sterile buffered water, and 1 to 50 mg of antibody. A typical composition for intravenous infusion could be made up to contain 250 ml of sterile Ringer's solution, and 150 mg of antibody. Actual methods for preparing parenterally administrable compositions will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 15th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. (1980), which is incorporated herein by reference. The compositions containing the present human-like antibodies or a cocktail thereof can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments. In therapeutic application, compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the disease and its complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as a “therapeutically effective dose.” Amounts effective for this use will depend upon the severity of the infection and the general state of the patient's own immune system, but generally range from about 1 to about 200 mg of antibody per dose, with dosages of from 5 to 25 mg being more commonly used. It must be kept in mind that the materials of this invention may generally be employed in serious disease states, that is life-threatening or potentially life-threatening situations. In such cases, in view of the minimization of extraneous substances and the lower probability of “foreign substance” rejections which are achieved by the present human-like antibodies of this invention, it is possible and may be felt desirable by the treating physician to administer substantial excesses of these antibodies. In prophylactic applications, compositions containing the present antibodies or a cocktail thereof are administered to a patient not already in a disease state to enhance the patient's resistance. Such an amount is defined to be a “prophylactically effective dose.” In this use, the precise amounts again depend upon the patient's state of health and general level of immunity, but generally range from 0.1 to 25 mg per dose, especially 0.5 to 2.5 mg per dose. A preferred prophylactic use is for the prevention of kidney transplant rejection. Single or multiple administrations of the compositions can be carried out with dose levels and pattern being selected by the treating physician. In any event, the pharmaceutical formulations should provide a quantity of the antibody(ies) of this invention sufficient to effectively treat the patient.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration. Kits for practice of the instant invention are also provided. For example, such a diagnostic kit comprises an antibody reactive with CTLA4 conjugated to a toxic moiety. The kit can further comprise a means for administering the antibody conjugate, e.g., one or more syringes. The kit can come packaged with instructions for use.
- VII. Uses and Methods of the Invention
- The antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof described herein (including toxic moiety conjugates) can be used in one or more of the following methods of treatment, e.g., up- or down-modulating the immune response. Such methods involve contacting an antibody of the invention with a T cell. The step of contacting can be performed either in vitro or in vivo. In addition to the therapeutic methods described below, the antibodies of the instant invention can be used for research purposes, e.g., in staining for CTLA4 bearing cells, e.g., by forms of the antibodies which have been labeled with a detectable label, or by using a secondary antibody which is conjugated to a detectable label. In addition, in another embodiment, the subject antibodies can be used in methods of isolating CTLA4 bearing cells, as well as in methods of purifying CTLA4 to homogeneity, for example, using an affinity column.
- A. Methods of Treatment:
- The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant or undesirable CTLA4 expression or activity.
- 1. Prophylactic Methods
- In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with aberrant CTLA4 expression or activity or aberrant T cell activation, by administering to the subject an anti-CTLA4 antibody or conjugate thereof, or an agent which modulates CTLA4 polypeptide expression or at least one CTLA4 or T cell activity. Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by aberrant or undesirable CTLA4 expression or activity or undesirable T cell activation can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays known in the art. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms for which modulation of CTLA4 activity would be beneficial, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of CTLA4 aberrance or condition various forms of anti-CTLA4 antibodies may be administered. For example, a soluble, monovalent form of an anti-CTLA4 antibody or a multivalent, cross-linked form of an activating or a blocking anti-CTLA4 antibody can be used for treating the subject. In addition, it is possible to target populations of CTLA4 bearing cells for elimination using an anti-CTLA4 antibody that has been conjugated to a toxic moiety to prevent or delay the progression of a disorder associated with overexpansion or overactivity of CTLA4-bearing cells.
- 2. Therapeutic Methods
- Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating CTLA4 expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. CTLA4 has been demonstrated to transmit an inhibitory signal to immune cells upon binding to costimulatory molecules on antigen presenting cells. Accordingly, the activity and/or expression of CTLA4 as well as the interaction between CTLA4 and costimulatory molecules can be modulated in order to modulate the immune response.
- Modulatory methods of the invention involve contacting a T cell with an antibody that recognizes CTLA4 or a toxic moiety conjugate thereof.
- These antibodies can be administered in vitro (e.g., by contacting the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder that would benefit from modulation of a CTLA4 protein activity, e.g., a disorder which would benefit from up or downmodulation of the immune response, or which is characterized by aberrant expression or activity of a CTLA4 protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an antibody, or combination of antibodies that modulates (e.g., upregulates or downregulates) CTLA4 expression or activity or T cell activity. Preferably, costimulation of T cells is modulated resulting in modulation of the immune response.
- Stimulation of CTLA4 activity is desirable in situations in which CTLA4 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased CTLA4 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Likewise, inhibition of CTLA4 activity is desirable in situations in which CTLA4 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased CTLA4 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.
- 3. Downregulation of Immune Responses by Modulation of CTLA4.
- There are numerous means by which the inhibitory function of a CTLA4 polypeptide can be promoted to thereby downregulate immune responses. In one embodiment, an anti-CTLA4 activating antibody that acts as a CTLA4 agonist in soluble form is used to transmit a negative signal to a T cell via CTLA4.
- In another embodiment, an anti-CTLA4 antibody of the invention is used in multivalent form, e.g., is presented on a bead or crosslinked with a second antibody that recognizes the anti-CTLA4 antibody such that CTLA4 molecules on the surface of a T cell are cross-linked.
- The CTLA4 molecule is only present on activated T cells, therefore, anti-CTLA4 antibodies conjugated to toxic moieties are a means of targeting the destruction of activated T cells. In addition, an immune response can be downmodulated by the use of an anti-CTLA4 antibody conjugated to a toxic moiety molecule to selectively eliminate activated, CTLA4 bearing T cells. Downregulation can be in the form of inhibiting or blocking an immune response already in progress or may involve preventing the induction of an immune response. The functions of activated T cells can be inhibited by down-regulating immune cell responses or by inducing specific anergy in immune cells, or both.
- In one embodiment of the invention, an antibody used to downmodulate a CTLA4 activity or a T cell activity is a bispecific antibody. For example, such an antibody can comprise a CTLA4 binding site and another binding site which targets a cell surface receptor on a T cell. For example, in one embodiment, such an antibody, in addition to comprising a CTLA4 binding site can further comprise a binding site which binds, e.g., to a T-cell antigen receptor in order to more efficiently target the molecule to a specific cell population.
- Antibodies that mimic interaction of CTLA4 with a costimulatory molecule (e.g., CTLA4 activating antibodies or multivalently presented antibodies) can be identified by their ability to inhibit immune cell proliferation and/or effector function or to induce anergy when added to an in vitro assay. For example, cells can be cultured in the presence of an agent that stimulates signal transduction via an activating receptor. A number of art recognized readouts of cell activation can be employed to measure the ability of an antibody to transmit a negative signal, e.g., by measuring its effect on cell proliferation or T cell effector function (e.g., cytokine production) in the presence of the activating agent. The ability of a test agent to block this activation can be readily determined by measuring the ability of the agent to effect a decrease in proliferation or effector function being measured.
- In one embodiment of the invention, tolerance is induced against specific antigens by co-administering an antigen with an anti-CTLA4 antibody. For example, tolerance can be induced to specific proteins (e.g., therapeutic proteins). In one embodiment, immune responses to allergens or foreign proteins to which an immune response is undesirable can be inhibited. For example, patients that receive Factor VIII frequently generate antibodies against this clotting factor. Co-administration of an inhibitory form of an anti-CTLA4 antibody or a toxic moiety conjugate thereof, in combination with recombinant factor VIII (or by physically linked to Factor VIII, e.g., by cross-linking) can result in downmodulation of the immune response.
- Other immunomodulatory agents can be administered in combination with the subject antibodies or conjugates. Examples of other immunomodulating reagents include antibodies that block a costimulatory signal, (e.g., against CD28, ICOS), antibodies against other immune cell markers (e.g., against CD40, against CD40 ligand, or against cytokines), fusion proteins (e.g., CTLA4-Fc), and immunosuppressive drugs, (e.g., rapamycin, cyclosporine A or FK506).
- Activating a CTLA4 inhibitory function (e.g., by stimulation of the negative signaling function of CTLA4 or targeting CTLA4 with an antibody conjugate) is useful to downmodulate the immune response, e.g., in situations of tissue, skin and organ transplantation, in graft-versus-host disease (GVHD), or in autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus, and multiple sclerosis. For example, blockage of immune cell function results in reduced tissue destruction in tissue transplantation. Typically, in tissue transplants, rejection of the transplant is initiated through its recognition as foreign by immune cells, followed by an immune reaction that destroys the transplant. The administration of an antibody which activates a CTLA4 molecule or an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate that binds to CTLA4, alone or in combination with another downmodulatory agent prior to or at the time of transplantation, can inhibit the immune response. Moreover, promotion of a CTLA4 inhibitory signal may also be sufficient to anergize the immune cells, thereby inducing tolerance in a subject. In one embodiment, anti-CTLA4 can induce long term tolerance in a subject and may avoid the necessity of repeated administration of these blocking reagents.
- To achieve sufficient immunosuppression or tolerance in a subject, it may also be desirable to block the costimulatory function of other molecules. For example, it may be desirable to block the function of B7-1, B7-2, or B7-1 and B7-2 by administering a soluble form of a combination of peptides having an activity of each of these antigens or blocking antibodies against these antigens (separately or together in a single composition) prior to or at the time of transplantation. Alternatively, it may be desirable to promote inhibitory activity of CTLA4 and inhibit a costimulatory activity of B7-1 and/or B7-2. Other downmodulatory agents that can be used in connection with the downmodulatory methods of the invention include, for example, soluble forms of CTLA4, blocking antibodies against other immune cell markers or soluble forms of other receptor ligand pairs (e.g., agents that disrupt the interaction between CD40 and CD40 ligand (e.g., anti CD40 ligand antibodies)), antibodies against cytokines, or immunosuppressive drugs.
- Activating a CTLA4 inhibitory function or targeting T cells with an antibody toxic moiety conjugate is also useful in treating autoimmune disease. Many autoimmune disorders are the result of inappropriate activation of immune cells that are reactive against self tissue and which promote the production of cytokines and autoantibodies involved in the pathology of the diseases. Preventing the activation of autoreactive immune cells may reduce or eliminate disease symptoms. Administration of CTLA4 activating antibodies that transmit a negative signal via CTLA4 or anti-CTLA4 toxic moiety conjugates is useful to inhibit immune cell activation and prevent production of autoantibodies or cytokines which may be involved in the disease process. Additionally, agents that promote an inhibitory function of CTLA4 can induce antigen-specific tolerance of autoreactive immune cells which can lead to long-term relief from the disease. The efficacy of reagents in preventing or alleviating autoimmune disorders can be determined using a number of well-characterized animal models of human autoimmune diseases. Examples include murine experimental autoimmune encephalitis, systemic lupus erythematosus in MRL/lpr/lpr mice or NZB hybrid mice, murine autoimmune collagen arthritis, diabetes mellitus in NOD mice and BB rats, and murine experimental myasthenia gravis (see Paul ed., Fundamental Immunology, Raven Press, New York, 1989, pp. 840-856).
- Inhibition of immune cell activation is useful therapeutically in the treatment of allergy and allergic reactions, e.g., by inhibiting IgE production. An agent that promotes a CTLA4 inhibitory function or an anti-CTLA4 toxic moiety conjugate can be administered to an allergic subject to inhibit immune cell mediated allergic responses in the subject. Activating CTLA4 may also be useful in treating allergies. Stimulation of a CTLA4 inhibitory pathway can be accompanied by exposure to allergen in conjunction with appropriate MHC molecules. Allergic reactions can be systemic or local in nature, depending on the route of entry of the allergen and the pattern of deposition of IgE on mast cells or basophils. Thus, inhibition of immune cell mediated allergic responses can be effected locally or systemically by administration of an inhibitory form of an antibody that promotes an inhibitory function of CTLA4 or an anti-CTLA4-toxic moiety conjugate.
- Inhibition of immune cell activation through stimulation of CTLA4 inhibitory activity may also be important therapeutically in viral infections of immune cells. For example, in the acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), viral replication is stimulated by immune cell activation. Stimulation of CTLA4 inhibitory function may result in inhibition of viral replication and thereby ameliorate the course of AIDS.
- 4. Upregulation of Immune Responses by Modulation of CTLA4
- Blockage of an inhibitory activity of CTLA4 as a means of upregulating immune responses is also useful in therapy. There are numerous means by which the inhibitory function of a CTLA4 polypeptide can be blocked to thereby upregulate immune responses. In one embodiment, an anti-CTLA4 blocking antibody that blocks the interaction of CTLA4 with its naturally occurring ligand (e.g., CD80 and/or CD86) acts as a CTLA4 antagonist in soluble form and is used to inhibit the transmission of a negative signal to a T cell via CTLA4.
- Upregulation of immune responses can be in the form of enhancing an existing immune response or eliciting an initial immune response. For example, enhancing an immune response by blocking CTLA4 inhibitory activity is useful in cases of infections with microbes, e.g., bacteria, viruses, or parasites. For example, in one embodiment, an antibody that inhibits the interaction of CTLA4 with a costimulatory molecule, e.g., a non-activating antibody against CTLA4, is therapeutically useful in situations where upregulation of antibody and cell-mediated responses, resulting in more rapid or thorough clearance of virus, would be beneficial. Examples include viral skin diseases such as Herpes or shingles, in which case such an agent can be delivered topically to the skin. In addition, systemic viral diseases such as influenza, the common cold, and encephalitis might be alleviated by the administration of such agents systemically.
- In certain instances, it may be desirable to further administer other agents that upregulate immune responses, for example, forms of B7 family members that transduce signals via costimulatory receptors, in order further augment the immune response.
- Alternatively, immune responses can be enhanced in an infected patient by removing immune cells from the patient, contacting immune cells in vitro with an antibody that inhibits transduction of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4, and reintroducing the in vitro stimulated immune cells into the patient.
- Antibodies that inhibit transduction of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4 can be used prophylactically in vaccines against various polypeptides, e.g., polypeptides derived from pathogens. Immunity against a pathogen, e.g., a virus, can be induced by vaccinating with a viral protein along with a an antibody that inhibits transduction of an inhibitory signal via CTLA4 in an appropriate adjuvant.
- In another embodiment, the immune response can be stimulated by inhibiting signaling via an inhibitory receptor that binds to a costimulatory molecule, e.g., CTLA4, such that preexisting tolerance is overcome. For example, immune responses against antigens to which a subject cannot mount a significant immune response, e.g., tumor specific antigens can be induced by administering an agent that inhibits the inhibitory activity of CTLA4. CTLA4 antagonists can be used as adjuvants to boost responses to foreign antigens in the process of active immunization.
- In one embodiment, immune cells are obtained from a subject and cultured ex vivo to in the presence of an antibody that that inhibits a CTLA4 inhibitory signal, to expand the population of immune cells. In a further embodiment the immune cells are then administered to a subject. Immune cells can be stimulated to proliferate in vitro by, for example, providing to the immune cells a primary activation signal and a costimulatory signal, as is known in the art. The costimulatory molecule can be, e.g., soluble, attached to a cell membrane or attached to a solid surface, such as a bead. Antibodies that inhibit signaling via CTLA4 can also be used to costimulate proliferation of immune cells. In one embodiment immune cells are cultured ex vivo according to the method described in PCT Application No. WO 94/29436.
- VIII. Administration of CTLA4 Modulating Agents
- CTLA4 modulating agents (e.g., stimulatory and inhibitory antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof as well as antibody or antigen-binding portions thereof conjugated to toxic moieties) of the invention are administered to subjects in a biologically compatible form suitable for pharmaceutical administration in vivo to either enhance or suppress T cell mediated immune response. By “biologically compatible form suitable for administration in vivo” is meant a form of the protein to be administered in which any toxic effects are outweighed by the therapeutic effects of the protein. The term subject is intended to include living organisms in which an immune response can be elicited, e.g., mammals. Examples of subjects include humans, horses, domesticated farm animals, exotic animals, dogs, cats, mice, rats, and transgenic species thereof. Administration of an agent as described herein can be in any pharmacological form including a therapeutically active amount of an agent alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Administration of a therapeutically active amount of the therapeutic compositions of the present invention is defined as an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired result. For example, a therapeutically active amount of a CTLA4 antibody may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of peptide to elicit a desired response in the individual. Dosage regima may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
- The anti-CTLA4 modulating agent (e.g., stimulatory or inhibitory antibody) may be administered in a convenient manner such as by injection (subcutaneous, intravenous, etc.), oral administration, inhalation, transdermal application, or rectal administration. Depending on the route of administration, the active compound may be coated in a material to protect the compound from the action of enzymes, acids and other natural conditions which may inactivate the compound. For example, to administer CTLA4 modulating agent by other than parenteral administration, it may be necessary to coat the peptide with, or co-administer the peptide with, a material to prevent its inactivation.
- A CTLA4 modulating agent may be administered to an individual in an appropriate carrier, diluent or adjuvant, co-administered with enzyme inhibitors or in an appropriate carrier such as liposomes. Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include saline and aqueous buffer solutions. Adjuvant is used in its broadest sense and includes any immune stimulating compound such as interferon. Other examples of adjuvants contemplated herein include alum, resorcinols, non-ionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene oleyl ether and n-hexadecyl polyethylene ether, products derived from bacteria (or attenuated forms of pathogens). Enzyme inhibitors include pancreatic trypsin inhibitor, diisopropylfluorophosphate (DEEP) and trasylol. Liposomes include water-in-oil-in-water emulsions as well as conventional liposomes (Sterna et al. (1984) J. Neuroimmunol. 7:27).
- The active compound may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
- Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. In all cases, the composition must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating active compound (e.g., a CTLA4 modulating agent) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient (e.g., peptide) plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- When the active compound is suitably protected, as described above, the protein may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. As used herein “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individuals.
- Antibodies of the present invention can further find a wide variety of utilities in vitro. By way of example, the antibodies can be utilized for T-cell typing, for isolating specific IL-2 receptor bearing cells or fragments of the receptor, for vaccine preparation, or the like. The effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease or downregulate CTLA4 activity or T cell activity (or immune responses generally) can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects.
- In one embodiment genes, whose expression is regulated by modulation of a costimulatory pathway or by modulation of CTLA4 specifically, can be used as indicators of modulation of CTLA4 activity can be identified. Thus, to study the effect of the subject antibodies, for example, in a clinical trial, T cells can be isolated and RNA prepared and analyzed for the levels of expression of genes indicative of T cell activation (e.g., that are modulated upon blocking a CTLA4 inhibitory signal) or T cell inhibition (e.g., that are modulated upon transducing a CTLA4 inhibitory signal), respectively. The levels of gene expression (i.e., a gene expression pattern) can be quantified by Northern blot analysis or RT-PCR, as described herein, or alternatively by measuring the amount of protein produced, by one of the methods as described herein, or by measuring the levels of activity of CTLA4 or other genes. In this way, the gene expression pattern can serve as a marker, indicative of the physiological response of the cells to the agent. Accordingly, this response state may be determined before, and at various points during treatment of the individual with the agent. In a preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a method for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment of a subject with an antibody or toxic moiety conjugate by measuring the effect of the antibody or toxic moiety conjugate on the immune response, or on T cell activation or T cell numbers specifically. For example, standard methodologies can be used to assay, e.g., T cell proliferation, cytokine production, numbers of activated T cells, antibody production, or delayed type hypersensitivity. In addition or alternatively, improvement in a specific condition for which treatment is being given can be monitored.
- This invention is further illustrated by the following examples which should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents, and published patent applications cited throughout this application, as well as the Figures and the Sequence Listing are incorporated herein by reference.
- A group of 5 mice (Jackson Labs, Maine) were injected with 2 μg cDNA encoding the extracellular domain of rhuCTLA4. Purified plasma cDNA was precipitated onto gold beads to a concentration of 1 μg cDNA/0.5 mg gold. The gold beads and precipitated cDNA were delivered, monthly in two non-overlapping shots, intradermally in the abdomen of approximately 11 week old female BALB/c mice using a Helios charged gene. These animal were immunized every four weeks and spleens were removed from the animals.
- Spleens were processed to obtain a lymphocyte suspension and the resulting suspension were fused with the myeloma cell line 653/P3 using 50% (w/v) polyetheylene glycol 1500 (Boehringer Mannheim) by an established procedure (Oi & Herzenberg, 1980 in Selected Methods in Cellular Immunology, B. Mishel & S. Schiigi, eds., W. J. Freeman Co., San Francisco, Calif., p351). The fused cells were plated in 96-well microtiter plates at a density of 2×105 cells/well and after 24 hours were subjected to HAT selection (Littlefield, J. W. (1964) Science 145:709).
- Hybridoma cells secreting putative anti-CTLA4 antibodies were identified by solid and solution phase ELISA and by intracellular and extracellular staining by flow cytometry on CHO cells expressing a gpi-anchored form of CTLA4 and activated T cells. Cross reactivity was assessed using cyno PHA blasts. Epitope mapping was done by flow cytometry and ELISA, and affinity determinations measured by Biacore. Wells containing hybridoma positive for the above assays were expanded for further study. These cultures remained stable when expanded and cell lines were cloned by limiting dilution and cryopreserved.
- The isotype of the Mabs were determined by solid phase ELISA. Purified rhCTLA4IgG1Fc was coated onto 96-well microtiter plates, antibody added and detected by different isotype-specific biotin-conjugated goat anti-mouse immunoglobulins (Zymed). Streptavidin conjugated with horseradish peroxidase (HRP) was added and specifically bound enzyme was measured using a colorimetric substrate.
25, 26, 27, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36, or 38 were identified. The results of this solid phase assay demonstrate that all antibodies tested were of the IgG1 isotype.Antibodies Antibody 26 was subcloned and is also referred to asantibody 26B. - ELISA plates were incubated with 10 ug/ml human CTLA4-Ig overnight. Plates were washed with PBS/1% BSA and incubated with serial dilutions of primary antibody for 2 hrs at room temperature (RT). After washing, saturating concentrations of AP-conjugated goat anti-mouse antibody were added, and incubated for 1 hr at RT. Unbound goat antibodies were washed using PBS/1% BSA. The assay was developed using ABTS.
FIGS. 1A-1C illustrates that each antibody in the panel of nine antibodies tested binds to CTLA4. The data are expressed asOD 405 absorbance values. - Inhibition assays were performed to assess the ability of these antibodies to block binding of CD80 and CD86 to CTLA4. ELISA were performed as described above with modifications. After incubation with primary antibody for 2 hr at RT, a fixed concentration (0.66 ug/ml) of biotin-conjugated CD80-Ig or CD86-Ig was added and further incubated for 1 hr at RT. After washing, saturating concentrations of neutravidin-AP were added, and incubated for 1 hr at RT. Unbound neutravidin-AP was washed using PBS/1% BSA. The assay was developed using ABTS. The percent inhibition is depicted on the Y axis. The results for inhibition of CD86 binding are shown in
FIGS. 1D-1F and the results for CD80 binding are shown inFIGS. 1G-1I . These data illustrate that 29 and 33 failed to block the binding of CTLA4 to CD80 and CD86.antibodies - A panel of CTLA4-Ig mutant molecules was generated by site-directed mutagenesis. Based on NMRI structure of CTLA4 (Metzler et al. Nature Structural Biology (1997) 4:527), 11 residues were selected for mutagenesis and substituted with alanine. Mutant proteins were transiently expressed on CHO cells and supernatants harvested at 48 hrs. Supernatants containing CTLA4 mutant molecules were quantitated and standardized by ELISA. Plates coated with 10 ug/ml antibody (25, 26, or 29) were incubated with supernatants containing approximately 0.5 ug/ml mutant CTLA4 molecules. After incubation for 2 hrs at RT, plates were washed and incubated for 1 hr with AP-conjugated goat anti-human Fc specific IgG. The assay was developed as described above.
- The data shown in
FIG. 2 illustrate that the binding of anti-hCTLA4 antibodies is affected differently by different mutations introduced in the CTLA4 molecule. Optical density readings above background are indicative of antibody binding to the CTLA4 molecules bound to the plates. 25, 26, and 29 are representative of antibodies with binding sites identified by the 9 antibodies. Substitution of alanine (A) for glutamic acid (E) at position 46 (position 83 of SEQ ID NO:2 which includes the signal sequence shown in amino acids 1-37 of SEQ ID NO:2) drastically affects binding ofAntibodies 26, 27, 34, 35, 36, and 38. In contrast, the same substitution has little, if any, effect onantibody 29, and 33. The binding ofantibodies 29 and 33 to CTLA4, however, is affected by a substitution of alanine for arginine at position 85 (antibodies amino acid 120 of SEQ ID NO:2).Antibody 25 is affected by none of the mutations introduced. It has been previously demonstrated that substitutions introduced at position 46 also affect CD80 and CD86 binding to CTLA4 (Metzler et al. (1997) Nat. Structural Biol. 4:527). Thus, some of the antibodies described in this panel (those affected by the substitution at position 46, i.e., 26, 27, 34, 35, 36, and 38) bind to CTLA4 at a site in spatial proximity to the site of CD80/CD86 binding.antibody numbers - The effects of cross-linked forms of antibodies to CTLA4 on proliferation and IL-2 production in T cells from two donors was tested.
- CD4+ T cells (2.5×104 cells/well) were stimulated with tosyl-beads coated with anti-hCD3 +/− anti-CTLA4. After 72 hours, proliferation was determined by 3H-thymidine incorporation. Incorporated radioactivity was determined using a LKB 1205 plate reader. In panel A, numbers on top of the bars indicate percent inhibition in proliferative response relative to cells stimulated in the absence of anti-CTLA5 (media). As shown in
FIG. 3A , most of the antibodies tested, with the exception ofantibody number 36, resulted in decreased T cell proliferation. - Jurkat T cells expressing hCTLA4 were stimulated with tosyl beads coated with anti-hCD3 +/− anti-CTLA4 in the presence of soluble anti-hCD28 antibody. Supernatants were harvested at 72 h and IL-2 production assessed using a commercially available hIL-2 ELISA kit (R&D Systems, MA). Numbers on the top of bars indicate percent inhibition relative to cells stimulated in the absence of anti-CTLA4 (media). As shown in
FIG. 3B , all of the antibodies tested resulted in reduced IL-2 production by T cells in this assay. - Mixed lymphocyte reactions (MLR) were performed using CD4+ T cells (2.5×104 cells/well) as responders and an EBV-lymphoblastoid cell line (2.5×104 cells/well as stimulators.
Soluble antibody 26 or an IgG1 control antibody were added at various concentrations at initiation of the culture. After 5 days, proliferation was determined by 3H-thymidine incorporation. Incorporated radioactivity was determined using an LKB 1205 plate reader.FIG. 4A shows that addition ofantibody number 26 to cultures resulted in levels of proliferation higher than those observed with control antibody.Antibody 26 was the only anti-CTLA4 antibody in the panel that was found to enhance proliferation of primary T cells. - The effect of soluble forms of the other anti-CTLA4 antibodies on IL-2 production was also determined. Jurkat T cells were transfected with hCTLA4 (106 cells/ml) were stimulated with latex beads coated with anti-h CD3+ CD86-Ig in the presence of absence of soluble anti-CTLA4 antibody or IgG control. Supernatants were harvested at 72 hours and IL-2 production was assessed using a commercially available hIL-2 ELISA kit (R&D Systems, MA).
FIG. 4B shows the levels of IL-2 produced by these cultures in the presence of the various antibodies. - Total RNA was extracted from 6CTLA4/1.1.1.6 cells following the TRIzol protocol (Life Technologies), followed by cDNA synthesis and dG-tailing (Co et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 148:1149-1154). The resulting cDNA was used as a template and specific primers annealing to the polyG tail and the constant region of either the heavy chain or light chain gene were used to amplify the heavy and light chain variable regions using PCR. The PCR product (˜450-500 bp) was gel-purified (Geneclean II kit, BIO101) and subjected to EcoRI and HindIII digestion. Following this, the PCR fragments for VL and VH were subcloned into pUC19 vector digested with the same enzymes aforementioned. The cloned regions were sequenced. Multiple clones for each of the VH and VL genes were sequenced. The cloning and sequencing of the V genes were repeated independently to confirm and ensure accuracy of the determined sequences. These sequences were submitted for computer modeling.
- The partial nucleotide sequence of the heavy chain of #26, beginning at the 5′ end of the ORF and extending through the variable region, is shown below:
(A) VH (6CTLA4/1.1.1.6, VH): ATGGCTGTCCTGGTGCTGTTCCTCTGCCTGGTTGCAT (SEQ ID NO:3) TTCCAAGCTGTGTCCTGTCCCAGGTGCAGCTGAAGGA GTCAGGACCTGGCCTGGTGGCGCCCTCACAGAGCCTG TCCATCACTTGCACTGTCTCTGGGTTTTCATTAACCA GCTATGGTGTATATTGGGTTCGCCAGCCTCCAGGAAA GGGTCTGGAGTGGCTGGGAGTAATATAGGGCTGGTGG AACCACAAATTATAATTCGGCTCTATGTCCAGACTGA GCATCAGCAAAGACAACTCCAAGAGCCAAGTTTTCTT AAAAATGACCAGTCTGCAAACTGATGACACAGCCATG TACTACTGTGCCAGGGGCCCCCCGCACGCTATGATGA AGAGAGGCTATGCTATGGACTACTGGGGACAAGGAAC CTCAGTCATCGTCTCCTCA Vk (6CTLA4/1.1.1.6, Vk): ATGGATTTTCAAGTGCAGATTTTCAGCTTCCTGCTAA (SEQ ID NO:5) TCAGTGCCTCAGTCATACTGTCCAGAGGACAAAATGT TCTCACCCAGTCTCCAGCAATCATGCCTGCATCTCCA GGGGAGAAGGTCACCATGACCTGCAGTGCCACCTCAA GTATAACTTACATGTCCTGGTACCAGCAGAAGTCAGG ATCCTCCCCCAGACTCCTGATTTATGACACATCCAAC CTGGCTTCTGGAGTCCCTGTTCGCTTCAGTGGCAGTG GGTCTGGGACCTCTTACTCTCTCACAATCAGCCGAAT GGAGGCTGAAGATGCTGCCACTTATTACTGCCAGCAG TGGAGTAGTTACCCGCTCACGTTCGGTGCTGGGACCA AGCTGGAGCTGAAA - The human framework IC4 was chosen for the humanization of both the light and heavy chain V genes of
antibody 26. IC4-Vκ is of human subclass Vκ-1 with 63% amino acid sequence identity with the Vκ of CTLA4-26B in the framework. IC4-VH is of human subclass VH-2 with 69% amino acid sequence identity with the VH of CTLA4-26B in the framework. The 3 CDR regions of both the light and heavy chain V genes are unchanged in the humanized version. Certain framework residues predicted to have significant contact with the CDRs or that have important function in maintaining structural integrity also remain unchanged. In addition, a number of amino acids identified as unusual or rare at their positions for their respective human subgroups were changed to the consensus amino acid at that position. The final humanized sequences of the variable regions of the light and heavy chains are shown below. - Eight long oligodeoxynucleotides for each of the VH and VL were synthesized and assembled to yield the entire VH or VL sequence through Klenow extension He et al. (1998) J. Immunol. 160:1029-1035). This final product was then amplified by PCR and digested with XbaI. The VH fragment was subcloned into the pVγ1, pVγ2m3, and pVγ4 expression vectors (Co et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 148:1149-1154; Cole et al. (1998) J. Immunol. 159:3613-3621) to yield plasmids PVγ1HC, PVγ2m3HC, and pVγ4HC, respectively. The VL fragment was subcloned into the pVκ expression vector to produce the plasmid PVκLC.
- Transient transfections of COS-7 cells with humanized anti-CTLA4 plasmids were performed using 1.5 μg and 3.0 μg of light and heavy chain plasmids respectively. All light chain and heavy chain combinations were set up (PVκLC+PVγ1HC, pVγ2m3HC, and PVγ4HC). The growth media used was a low Ig growth media (DMEM+2% Low Ig FBS+L-Glu). The supernatants were used in a FACS assay to determine the binding to CTLA4. The production levels of transiently expressed antibody was determined by ELISAs.
- Supernatants of transient transfections of COS-7 cells with PVκLC+pVγ1HC, and PVκLC+PVγ4HC were used in a FACS assay to determine the titer point of the humanized antibodies as compared to the murine anti-CTLA4. While this is a qualitative assay, it gives a general indication of the binding of the humanized antibodies and shows qualitatively whether the humanized antibodies are within 3- to 10-fold the binding of the mouse Ab. In order to perform this test, the supernatants were diluted to the lowest common concentration (as determined by ELISA assay).
- Stable transfections were also performed with various plasmid combinations (PVκLC+PVγ1HC, pVγ2m3HC, and PVγ4HC) in order to obtain higher yields of humanized antibodies for purification for use in more quantitative experiments. All plasmids were linearized with Fsp I except PVγ4HC plasmid, which was linearized with BstZ17I. 30 μg of light chain plasmid and 60 μg of heavy chain plasmid were linearized and used in stable transfections of Sp2/0 cells by electroporation as described by Co et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 148:1149-1154.
- The nucleotide and amino acid sequences of humanized
anti-CTLA4 antibody number 26 VK region is shown inFIG. 9 (SEQ ID NOs:7 and 8). The nucleotide and amino acid sequences of humanizedanti-CTLA4 antibody number 26 VH region is shown inFIG. 10 (SEQ ID NOS:9 and 10). - A comparison of murine and humanized anti-CTLA4 number 26 VH and VK regions are shown below:
VH Human M A V L V L F L C L V A F P S C Murine M D V L V L F L C L V A F P S C V L S Q V Q L Q E S G P G L V K P S Q T V L S Q V Q L K E S G P G L V A P S Q S L S L T C T V S G F S L T S Y G V Y W V L S I T C T V S G F S L T S Y G V Y W V R Q P P G K G L E W L G V I W A G G T T R Q P P G K G L E W L G V I W A G G T T N Y N S A L M S R L T I S K D T S K N Q N Y N S A L M S R L S I S K D N S K S Q V S L K L S S V T A A D T A V Y Y C A R V F L K M S S L Q T D D T A M Y Y C A R G P P H A M M K R G Y A M D Y W G Q G T G P P H A M M K R G Y A M D Y W G Q G T L V T V S S (SEQ ID NO:10) S V I V S S (SEQ ID NO:4) Vk Humanized M D F Q V Q I F S F L L I S A S Murine M D F Q V Q I F S F L L I S A S V I L S R G D I Q M T Q S P S S L S A S V I L S R G Q N V L T Q S P A I M P A S V G D R V T I T C S A T S S I T Y M S W P G E K V T M T C S A T S S I T Y M S W Y Q Q K P G K A P K L L I Y D T S N L A Y Q Q K S G S S P R L L I Y D T S N L A S G V P S R F S G S G S G T D Y T L T I S G V P V R F S G S G S G T S Y S L T I S S L Q P E D F A T Y Y C Q Q W S S Y P S R M E A E D A A T Y Y C Q Q W S S Y P L T F G G G T K V E I K (SEQ ID NO:8) L T F G A G T K L E L K (SEQ ID NO:6) - The relative affinity of the humanized anti-CTLA4 (hCTLA4-26B) and murine anti-CTLA4 (mCTLA4-26B) for CTLA4 was assessed using competition ELISAs. Plates were coated with human CTLA4-Ig (10 ug/ml) overnight, washed the next day and blocked with Superblock (Pierce) for 15 min at room temperature. Plates were washed three times with 1×PBS/0.1
% Tween 20 and three times with 1×PBS. - In a separate mixing plate, 15 ng/ml of biotinylated humanized CTLA4Ig [hIgG1 isotype] or humanized CTLA4Ig4 [hIgG4 isotype]) was prepared. 100 ul of antibody mixtures was transferred to human CTLA4-Ig coated ELISA plate and rocked for 2 hours at room temperature. Plates were washed as described above and a secondary reagent (streptavidin peroxidase conjugate at 1:1000 dilution) in PBT buffer (1×PBS, 1% BSA, 0.1
% Tween 20 was added. Plates were incubated for 1 hr at RT with shaking. Plates were washed as described above and developed for 10 minutes at room temperature with ABTS+H2O2 (100 ul/well) and the reaction was stopped with 2% oxalic acid (100 ul/well). - As shown in
FIG. 5 , the humanized versions of anti-CTLA4 (the IgG1, IgG4, and IgG2 m3 (2 mutated 3) isotypes) are able to compete for biotinylated murine CTLA4-26B for binding to human CTLA4Ig. These data indicate that the affinity of the humanized antibodies is very similar (at least within I O-fold of the murine anti-CTLA4 antibody) to that of the murine antibody. - For FACS analysis the subsaturating concentration of the FITC-labeled murine CTLA4-26B was determined using CTLA4-expressing CHO cells. 125 ng FITC-labeled murine anti-CTLA4 was combined with varying concentrations of unlabeled competitors, including murine anti-CTLA4 and the humanized anti-CTLA4 IgG1 isotype (IgG1/κ) using CTLA4-expressing CHO cells. The starting concentration of the unlabeled competitor was 2000 ng and was diluted 2-fold serially to 100 ng.
Humanized antibody 26 of the IgG1 isotype showed binding affinity with in 3-fold of the murine antibody. - The affinity of the murine anti-CTLA4 antibody was calculated to be about Kd=1.7×10−9. The humanized versions were calculated to have affinities of about 2×10−9 for the IgG1 isotype, 1.1×10−9 for the IgG4 isotype, and about 1.2×10−9 for the IgG2m3 isotype.
- Jurkat T cells were transfected with an empty vector (A) or a CTLA4 expression vector (B). Cells were selected for hygromycin resistance and expression of CTLA4 was confirmed by FACS. Jurkat T cells were incubated with various concentrations of anti-CTLA4 antibody (
number 26 or 33) conjugated to a small molecule (calicheamicin) using amide conjugation or carbohydrate-based conjugation. A control antibody (MPHANT) conjugated to the same small molecule was also used. Cell proliferation was measured after 48 hours of culture by labeling with thymidine for the last 12 hours of culture. - Cells expressing CTLA4 exhibit decreased proliferation in the presence of anti-CTLA4-toxic moiety conjugates. Control MPHANT antibody conjugated to calicheamicin had no effect on the proliferation of untransfected or transfected Jurkat cells. Thus, these data show that activated T cells can be targeted using anti-CTLA4-specific antibodies.
- Jurkat T cell transfected with hCTLA4 (106 cells/ml) were stimulated with latex beads coated with anti-hCD3+ CD86-Ig in the presence or absence of increasing concentrations of soluble anti-CTLA4 Ab (5-20 μg/ml) or IgG control (20 μg/ml). Supernatents were harvested at 72 hours and IL-2 production assessed using a commercially available hIL-2 ELISA kit (R&D Systems, MA).
- Soluble humanized anti-CTLA4-26B (Hu-26B) inhibits the interaction of CTLA4 with its natural ligands (CD86) and thus, enhances T cell responses as assessed by IL-2 production. Increased IL-2 production levels were obtained in the presence of Hu-26B (compared with control Ig). The ability of this humanized antibody to functionally enhance T cell responses is comparable to that of the murine antibody (Mu-26B) from which is was derived (
FIG. 11 ). - Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.
Claims (10)
1-15. (canceled)
16. A method of modulating the immune response comprising contacting a cell with an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate comprising an antibody that specifically recognizes a molecule expressed only on activated T cells and a toxic moiety, and further wherein the antibody is specifically reactive with CTLA4.
17. The method of claim 16 , wherein the antibody-toxic moiety conjugate is administered to a subject and the step of contacting is performed in vivo.
18. The method of claim 17 , wherein the subject is suffering from a disorder or condition that would benefit from downmodulation of an ongoing immune response wherein the disorder or condition is selected from the group consisting of:
an autoimmune disorder, an immune response to a graft, an allergic response, an immune response to a therapeutic protein.
19. The method of claim 16 , wherein the step of contacting is performed in vitro.
20. (canceled)
21. A method of modulating the immune response comprising contacting a cell with an antibody specifically reactive with human CTLA4.
22. The method of claim 21 wherein the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 10.
23. A method of downmodulating the immune response comprising contacting a cell with an antibody-toxic moiety conjugate, wherein the antibody specifically recognizes CTLA4.
24. The method of claim 21 wherein the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:8.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/321,444 US20060165706A1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2005-12-29 | Antibodies against CTLA4 and uses therefor |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US17847300P | 2000-01-27 | 2000-01-27 | |
| US09/772,103 US7034121B2 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2001-01-26 | Antibodies against CTLA4 |
| US11/321,444 US20060165706A1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2005-12-29 | Antibodies against CTLA4 and uses therefor |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/772,103 Continuation US7034121B2 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2001-01-26 | Antibodies against CTLA4 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20060165706A1 true US20060165706A1 (en) | 2006-07-27 |
Family
ID=22652672
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/772,103 Expired - Fee Related US7034121B2 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2001-01-26 | Antibodies against CTLA4 |
| US11/321,444 Abandoned US20060165706A1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2005-12-29 | Antibodies against CTLA4 and uses therefor |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/772,103 Expired - Fee Related US7034121B2 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2001-01-26 | Antibodies against CTLA4 |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US7034121B2 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP1261376A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2003520828A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2001233027A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2001054732A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2010036986A2 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2010-04-01 | Tocagen Inc. | Recombinant vectors |
| WO2016130898A3 (en) * | 2015-02-13 | 2016-10-20 | Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc. | Antibody therapeutics that bind ctla4 |
| KR20180086219A (en) * | 2015-12-15 | 2018-07-30 | 온코이뮨, 아이앤씨. | Chimeric and humanized anti-human CTLA4 monoclonal antibodies and uses thereof |
| WO2022197610A1 (en) * | 2021-03-16 | 2022-09-22 | Jn Biosciences Llc | Bifunctional molecules for treatment of immune disorders |
Families Citing this family (261)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6887471B1 (en) | 1991-06-27 | 2005-05-03 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Method to inhibit T cell interactions with soluble B7 |
| US7605238B2 (en) | 1999-08-24 | 2009-10-20 | Medarex, Inc. | Human CTLA-4 antibodies and their uses |
| US7094874B2 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2006-08-22 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. | Soluble CTLA4 mutant molecules |
| DE60135029D1 (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2008-09-04 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | USE OF SOLUBLE CTLA4 MUTANTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS |
| US20040022787A1 (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2004-02-05 | Robert Cohen | Methods for treating an autoimmune disease using a soluble CTLA4 molecule and a DMARD or NSAID |
| US20020108132A1 (en) * | 2001-02-02 | 2002-08-08 | Avigenics Inc. | Production of a monoclonal antibody by a transgenic chicken |
| DK1397153T3 (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2008-05-26 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Method for protecting allogeneic islet cell graft using soluble CTLA4 mutant molecules |
| US6578724B1 (en) * | 2001-12-29 | 2003-06-17 | United States Can Company | Connector for use in packaging aerosol containers |
| CN1652820A (en) | 2002-04-12 | 2005-08-10 | 梅达雷克斯公司 | Treatment using CTLA-4 antibody |
| US20040001831A1 (en) * | 2002-06-26 | 2004-01-01 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of demyelinating inflammatory disorders |
| EP1764113A1 (en) * | 2003-03-03 | 2007-03-21 | University Of Victoria Innovation And Development Corporation | Antibodies against lung cancer, antigens and methods of use thereof for treating lung cancer |
| US7465446B2 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2008-12-16 | Medarex, Inc. | Surrogate therapeutic endpoint for anti-CTLA4-based immunotherapy of disease |
| PE20050925A1 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2005-11-29 | Schering Corp | RECOMBINANT ANTI-INTERLEUQUIN HUMANIZED ANTIBODY 10 |
| WO2005052158A1 (en) * | 2003-11-28 | 2005-06-09 | National Research Council Of Canada | Anticarcinoma antibidies and uses thereof |
| JP2007537753A (en) * | 2004-05-17 | 2007-12-27 | ボード・オブ・トラスティーズ・オブ・ザ・ユニバーシティ・オブ・イリノイ | Use of dendritic cells coated with a bispecific antibody (BiAb) pulsed with antigen |
| CA3151350A1 (en) | 2005-05-09 | 2006-11-16 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, L.L.C. | Human monoclonal antibodies to programmed death 1 (pd-1) and methods for treating cancer using anti-pd-1 antibodies alone or in combination with other immunotherapeutics |
| US8110194B2 (en) | 2005-12-07 | 2012-02-07 | Medarex, Inc. | CTLA-4 antibody dosage escalation regimens |
| WO2007123737A2 (en) * | 2006-03-30 | 2007-11-01 | University Of California | Methods and compositions for localized secretion of anti-ctla-4 antibodies |
| EP2962731A1 (en) | 2008-01-08 | 2016-01-06 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Combination of ipilimumab and paclitaxel for the treatment of cancer |
| LT3031825T (en) | 2008-03-14 | 2020-02-10 | Allergan, Inc. | METHODS OF IMMUNITY TESTING FOR BOTULIN TOXIN SEROTYPE A ACTIVITY |
| WO2009148915A2 (en) * | 2008-05-29 | 2009-12-10 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods for predicting patient response to modulation of the co-stimulatory pathway |
| WO2010014784A2 (en) * | 2008-08-01 | 2010-02-04 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Combination of anti-ctla4 antibody with diverse therapeutic regimens for the synergistic treatment of proliferative diseases |
| US8475790B2 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2013-07-02 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Combination of CD137 antibody and CTLA-4 antibody for the treatment of proliferative diseases |
| AU2009316592B2 (en) * | 2008-11-20 | 2016-01-07 | Genentech, Inc. | Therapeutic protein formulations |
| JP5826635B2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2015-12-02 | アラーガン、インコーポレイテッドAllergan,Incorporated | Immune system-regulated endopeptidase activity assay |
| ES2629167T3 (en) | 2009-07-20 | 2017-08-07 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Combination of anti-CTLA4 antibody with etoposide for the synergistic treatment of proliferative diseases |
| WO2011036467A1 (en) * | 2009-09-24 | 2011-03-31 | Russell David Keenan | Products useful in the treatment of haemophilia |
| TW201134481A (en) | 2010-03-12 | 2011-10-16 | Abbott Biotherapeutics Corp | CTLA4 proteins and their uses |
| US20130195800A1 (en) | 2010-03-23 | 2013-08-01 | Intrexon Corporation | Vectors Conditionally Expressing Therapeutic Proteins, Host Cells Comprising the Vectors, and Uses Thereof |
| WO2011146382A1 (en) | 2010-05-17 | 2011-11-24 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Improved immunotherapeutic dosing regimens and combinations thereof |
| EP2643694B1 (en) | 2010-11-24 | 2018-01-03 | Litron Laboratories Ltd. | Rapid in vivo gene mutation assay based on the pig-a gene |
| US9428567B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2016-08-30 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Antagonists of interleukin-2 receptor |
| PT3604339T (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2021-04-13 | Univ California | Therapeutic antibodies against ror-1 protein and methods for use of same |
| GB201103955D0 (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2011-04-20 | Antitope Ltd | Antibodies |
| CA2834548C (en) | 2011-04-28 | 2021-06-01 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
| US20150110779A1 (en) | 2012-03-15 | 2015-04-23 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods for predicting gastrointestinal immune-related adverse events (gi-irae) in patients treated with modulation of the co-stimulatory pathway |
| US20150079100A1 (en) | 2012-03-23 | 2015-03-19 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of treatments using ctla-4 antibodies |
| WO2013169971A1 (en) | 2012-05-10 | 2013-11-14 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Anti-tumor antibodies as predictive or prognostic biomarkers of efficacy and survival in ipilimumab-treated patients |
| JP6448533B2 (en) | 2012-05-15 | 2019-01-09 | ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーBristol−Myers Squibb Company | Cancer immunotherapy by disrupting PD-1 / PD-L1 signaling |
| US9790184B2 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2017-10-17 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
| WO2014066834A1 (en) | 2012-10-26 | 2014-05-01 | The University Of Chicago | Synergistic combination of immunologic inhibitors for the treatment of cancer |
| CN105722860A (en) | 2013-09-24 | 2016-06-29 | 梅迪塞纳医疗股份有限公司 | Interleukin-2 fusion proteins and uses thereof |
| EA201690912A1 (en) | 2013-11-05 | 2016-10-31 | Когнейт Биосервисис, Инк. | COMBINATION INHIBITORS OF CONTROL POINTS AND THERAPEUTIC REMEDIES FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER |
| WO2015069703A1 (en) | 2013-11-06 | 2015-05-14 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Immunotherapeutic dosing regimens and combinations thereof |
| CN105980405A (en) | 2013-12-08 | 2016-09-28 | 派特塞尔有限公司 | HIV antigens and antibodies and compositions, methods and uses thereof |
| KR20240144452A (en) | 2014-03-05 | 2024-10-02 | 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 | Treatment of renal cancer using a combination of an anti-pd-1 antibody and another anti-cancer agent |
| WO2015164815A1 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2015-10-29 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Superagonists, partial agonists and antagonists of interleukin-2 |
| KR20170003692A (en) | 2014-05-15 | 2017-01-09 | 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 | Treatment of lung cancer using a combination of an anti-pd-1 antibody and another anti-cancer agent |
| SMT202100116T1 (en) | 2014-05-28 | 2021-05-07 | Agenus Inc | Anti-gitr antibodies and methods of use thereof |
| CN105296433B (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2018-02-09 | 中山康方生物医药有限公司 | A kind of CTLA4 antibody, its medical composition and its use |
| US10166273B2 (en) | 2014-08-12 | 2019-01-01 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Synergistic tumor treatment with antibodies targeting PD-1, PD-L1 or CTLA4 and integrin-binding-Fc-fusion protein |
| US20170224777A1 (en) | 2014-08-12 | 2017-08-10 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Synergistic tumor treatment with il-2, a therapeutic antibody, and a cancer vaccine |
| CA2964155A1 (en) | 2014-10-10 | 2016-04-14 | Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Treatment of cancer using tlr9 agonist with checkpoint inhibitors |
| KR20170088984A (en) | 2014-12-04 | 2017-08-02 | 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 | Combination of anti-cs1 and anti-pd1 antibodies to treat cancer (myeloma) |
| WO2016146143A1 (en) | 2015-03-16 | 2016-09-22 | Amal Therapeutics Sa | Cell penetrating peptides and complexes comprising the same |
| CA2981068C (en) | 2015-03-26 | 2021-12-14 | Women & Infants Hospital Of Rhode Island | Therapy for malignant disease comprising the inhibition of human epididymal secretory protein e4 and immune checkpoint inhibitors |
| WO2016164799A1 (en) | 2015-04-10 | 2016-10-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods of determining patient populations amenable to immunomodulatory treatment of cancer |
| PE20180394A1 (en) | 2015-04-17 | 2018-02-28 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | COMPOSITIONS INCLUDING A COMBINATION OF A PROGRAMMED ANTI DEATH ANTIBODY 1 (PD-1) AND ANOTHER ANTIBODY |
| KR20170138555A (en) | 2015-04-28 | 2017-12-15 | 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 | Treatment of PD-L1-negative melanoma with anti-PD-1 antibody and anti-CTLA-4 antibody |
| KR20170140316A (en) | 2015-04-28 | 2017-12-20 | 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 | Treatment of PD-L1-positive melanoma with anti-PD-1 antibody |
| WO2016187594A1 (en) | 2015-05-21 | 2016-11-24 | Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. | Trispecific binding proteins and methods of use |
| US10881733B2 (en) | 2015-05-22 | 2021-01-05 | Translational Drug Development, Llc | Benzamide and active compound compositions and methods of use |
| US20180155429A1 (en) | 2015-05-28 | 2018-06-07 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Treatment of pd-l1 positive lung cancer using an anti-pd-1 antibody |
| WO2016196389A1 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2016-12-08 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Treatment of renal cell carcinoma |
| SG10201913500TA (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2020-03-30 | Agenus Inc | Anti-ctla-4 antibodies and methods of use thereof |
| EA035888B1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2020-08-27 | Бристол-Майерс Сквибб Компани | Immunotherapeutic dosing regimens and combinations thereof |
| JP2018522887A (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2018-08-16 | ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーBristol−Myers Squibb Company | Cancer treatment using immune checkpoint inhibitors |
| US10682390B2 (en) | 2015-07-16 | 2020-06-16 | Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. | Compositions and methods for treating cancer |
| MA42459A (en) | 2015-07-16 | 2018-05-23 | Bioxcel Therapeutics Inc | NEW APPROACH TO CANCER TREATMENT BY IMMUNOMODULATION |
| US10660954B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2020-05-26 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Incorporated | Hematopoietic stem cells in combinatorial therapy with immune checkpoint inhibitors against cancer |
| US20180222990A1 (en) | 2015-08-04 | 2018-08-09 | Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited | Combination Treatments and Uses and Methods Thereof |
| WO2017025871A1 (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2017-02-16 | Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited | Combination therapy comprising anti ctla-4 antibodies |
| HK1252696A1 (en) * | 2015-08-28 | 2019-05-31 | 艾利妥 | Anti-siglec-7 antibodies and methods of use thereof |
| EP3344656A1 (en) | 2015-09-01 | 2018-07-11 | Agenus Inc. | Anti-pd-1 antibodies and methods of use thereof |
| TWI795347B (en) | 2015-11-18 | 2023-03-11 | 美商必治妥施貴寶公司 | Treatment of lung cancer using a combination of an anti-pd-1 antibody and an anti-ctla-4 antibody |
| CN116063542A (en) | 2015-12-02 | 2023-05-05 | 阿吉纳斯公司 | Antibodies and methods of use thereof |
| EP3389714A4 (en) | 2015-12-14 | 2019-11-13 | MacroGenics, Inc. | BISPECIFIC MOLECULES HAVING IMMUNOREACTIVITY TO PD-1 AND CTLA-4 AND METHODS OF USE |
| US20190241658A1 (en) | 2016-01-10 | 2019-08-08 | Modernatx, Inc. | Therapeutic mRNAs encoding anti CTLA-4 antibodies |
| WO2017160599A1 (en) | 2016-03-14 | 2017-09-21 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Use of cd300b antagonists to treat sepsis and septic shock |
| MX2018011204A (en) | 2016-03-15 | 2019-03-07 | Mersana Therapeutics Inc | Napi2b-targeted antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use thereof. |
| HRP20240510T1 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2024-07-05 | Amal Therapeutics Sa | Combination of an immune checkpoint modulator and a complex comprising a cell penetrating peptide, a cargo and a tlr peptide agonist for use in medicine |
| WO2017165778A1 (en) | 2016-03-24 | 2017-09-28 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating gastrointestinal immune-related adverse events in immune oncology treatments |
| WO2017165742A1 (en) | 2016-03-24 | 2017-09-28 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating gastrointestinal immune-related adverse events in anti-ctla4 anti-pd-1 combination treatments |
| WO2017176925A1 (en) | 2016-04-05 | 2017-10-12 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Cytokine profiling analysis for predicting prognosis of a patient in need of an anti-cancer treatment |
| WO2017192874A1 (en) | 2016-05-04 | 2017-11-09 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Albumin-binding immunomodulatory compositions and methods of use thereof |
| EP3458092A1 (en) | 2016-05-18 | 2019-03-27 | Modernatx, Inc. | Mrna combination therapy for the treatment of cancer |
| US11623958B2 (en) | 2016-05-20 | 2023-04-11 | Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. | Single chain variable fragment CD3 binding proteins |
| RS65474B1 (en) | 2016-05-20 | 2024-05-31 | Biohaven Therapeutics Ltd | Use of riluzole, riluzole prodrugs or riluzole analogs with immunotherapies to treat cancers |
| US11090344B2 (en) | 2016-05-27 | 2021-08-17 | Dnatrix, Inc. | Adenovirus and immunomodulator combination therapy |
| WO2017210181A1 (en) | 2016-05-30 | 2017-12-07 | Geovax Inc. | Compositions and methods for generating an immune response to hepatitis b virus |
| JP7175198B2 (en) | 2016-06-02 | 2022-11-18 | ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー | PD-1 Blockade with Nivolumab in Refractory Hodgkin Lymphoma |
| CN109476754A (en) | 2016-06-03 | 2019-03-15 | 百时美施贵宝公司 | Use of anti-PD-1 antibodies in the treatment of colorectal cancer patients |
| US20190292260A1 (en) | 2016-06-03 | 2019-09-26 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Anti-pd-1 antibody for use in a method of treatment of recurrent small cell lung cancer |
| WO2017220989A1 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2017-12-28 | Kymab Limited | Anti-pd-l1 and il-2 cytokines |
| SG11201811600PA (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2019-01-30 | Oncorus Inc | Pseudotyped oncolytic viral delivery of therapeutic polypeptides |
| US20190233534A1 (en) | 2016-07-14 | 2019-08-01 | Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center | Multiple bi-specific binding domain constructs with different epitope binding to treat cancer |
| NL2017270B1 (en) * | 2016-08-02 | 2018-02-09 | Aduro Biotech Holdings Europe B V | New anti-hCTLA-4 antibodies |
| EP3494140A1 (en) | 2016-08-04 | 2019-06-12 | GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Ltd | Anti-icos and anti-pd-1 antibody combination therapy |
| WO2018035710A1 (en) | 2016-08-23 | 2018-03-01 | Akeso Biopharma, Inc. | Anti-ctla4 antibodies |
| HUE067838T2 (en) | 2016-09-21 | 2024-11-28 | Amal Therapeutics Sa | Fusion comprising a cell penetrating peptide, a multiepitope and a tlr peptide agonist for treatment of cancer |
| CA3039774A1 (en) | 2016-10-10 | 2018-04-19 | The National Institute for Biotechnology in the Negev Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic modified cells and use thereof |
| JP7066696B2 (en) | 2016-10-11 | 2022-05-13 | アジェナス インコーポレイテッド | Anti-LAG-3 antibody and its usage |
| JP7258747B2 (en) | 2016-10-28 | 2023-04-17 | ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー | Method for treating urothelial cancer using anti-PD-1 antibody |
| CN110234319B (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2022-09-27 | 转化药物开发有限责任公司 | Compositions of benzamide and active compound and methods of use thereof |
| US11135307B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2021-10-05 | Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. | Peptide-containing linkers for antibody-drug conjugates |
| BR112019010878A2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2019-10-01 | Lindhofer Horst | combination of multifunctional t-cell redirection antibodies with immune checkpoint modulators and their uses |
| US20190343803A1 (en) | 2016-12-01 | 2019-11-14 | Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited | Combination therapy |
| JP2020511407A (en) | 2016-12-01 | 2020-04-16 | グラクソスミスクライン、インテレクチュアル、プロパティー、ディベロップメント、リミテッドGlaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited | Combination therapy |
| MD3551660T2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2024-03-31 | Agenus Inc | Anti-CTLA-4 antibodies and methods of use thereof |
| MX2019006734A (en) | 2016-12-09 | 2019-10-21 | Regeneron Pharma | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SEQUENCING T LYMPHOCYTE RECEPTORS, AND THE USES OF THEM. |
| WO2018112266A1 (en) | 2016-12-14 | 2018-06-21 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Il-13 superkine: immune cell targeting constructs and methods of use thereof |
| WO2018132516A1 (en) | 2017-01-10 | 2018-07-19 | Nodus Therapeutics | Combination tumor treatment with an integrin-binding-fc fusion protein and immune modulator |
| US10350266B2 (en) | 2017-01-10 | 2019-07-16 | Nodus Therapeutics, Inc. | Method of treating cancer with a multiple integrin binding Fc fusion protein |
| US20180271996A1 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2018-09-27 | Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. | Combination therapies of her2-targeted antibody-drug conjugates |
| JP2020513819A (en) * | 2017-03-15 | 2020-05-21 | スージョウ ギャラクシー バイオファーマ カンパニー リミテッド | CTLA4 antibody, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof |
| AU2018243754B2 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2025-04-10 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of treating tumor |
| TWI788340B (en) | 2017-04-07 | 2023-01-01 | 美商必治妥美雅史谷比公司 | Anti-icos agonist antibodies and uses thereof |
| CN118892540A (en) | 2017-04-21 | 2024-11-05 | 新罗杰股份有限公司 | Oncolytic vaccinia virus combined with immune checkpoint inhibitors |
| US10543271B2 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2020-01-28 | Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. | Mesothelin binding proteins |
| BR112019018759A2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2020-05-05 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | compositions comprising a combination of an anti-lag-3 antibody, an inhibitor of the pd-1 pathway, and an immunotherapeutic agent |
| EP3634584B1 (en) | 2017-06-09 | 2024-09-18 | Providence Health & Services - Oregon | Tumor-infiltrating t-cells for use in the treatment of cancer |
| WO2018234862A1 (en) | 2017-06-19 | 2018-12-27 | Medicenna Therapeutics Inc. | USES AND METHODS FOR IL-2 SUPERAGONISTS AND AGONISTS AND FUSIONS THEREOF |
| WO2019060418A1 (en) | 2017-09-20 | 2019-03-28 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Immunotherapy methods for patients whose tumors carry a high passenger gene mutation burden |
| EP3691643A4 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2021-06-16 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT OF CANCER |
| IL315737A (en) | 2017-10-13 | 2024-11-01 | Harpoon Therapeutics Inc | B cell maturation antigen binding proteins |
| AU2018347582B2 (en) | 2017-10-13 | 2025-08-28 | Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. | Trispecific proteins and methods of use |
| WO2019075468A1 (en) | 2017-10-15 | 2019-04-18 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of treating tumor |
| EP3717021A1 (en) | 2017-11-27 | 2020-10-07 | Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine antibody conjugates |
| ES2965187T3 (en) * | 2017-12-20 | 2024-04-11 | Harbour Biomed Shanghai Co Ltd | Antibodies that bind CTLA-4 and their uses |
| CN111757757A (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2020-10-09 | 梅尔莎纳医疗公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine antibody conjugates |
| EP3731850A4 (en) | 2017-12-29 | 2021-12-01 | Oncorus, Inc. | ONCOLYTIC VIRAL ADMINISTRATION OF THERAPEUTIC POLYPEPTIDES |
| US12128018B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2024-10-29 | KDAc Therapeutics, Inc. | Combination of a selective histone deacetylase 3 (HDAC3) inhibitor and an immunotherapy agent for the treatment of cancer |
| US20210363242A1 (en) | 2018-01-16 | 2021-11-25 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of treating cancer with antibodies against tim3 |
| CN112218658A (en) | 2018-03-12 | 2021-01-12 | 国家健康科学研究所 | Use of caloric restriction mimetics for enhancing chemoimmunotherapy for cancer treatment |
| WO2019183551A1 (en) | 2018-03-23 | 2019-09-26 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Antibodies against mica and/or micb and uses thereof |
| JP2021519771A (en) | 2018-03-30 | 2021-08-12 | ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーBristol−Myers Squibb Company | How to treat a tumor |
| TW202017569A (en) | 2018-05-31 | 2020-05-16 | 美商佩樂敦治療公司 | Compositions and methods for inhibiting cd73 |
| GB201809050D0 (en) | 2018-06-01 | 2018-07-18 | E Therapeutics Plc | Modulators of tryptophan catabolism |
| EA202092595A1 (en) | 2018-06-08 | 2021-04-12 | Алектор Ллс | ANTIBODIES TO SIGLEC-7 AND METHODS OF THEIR APPLICATION |
| CN112638375A (en) | 2018-06-15 | 2021-04-09 | 旗舰创业创新五公司 | Increasing immune activity through modulation of post-cellular signaling factors |
| JP2021527651A (en) | 2018-06-15 | 2021-10-14 | ミナ セラピューティクス リミテッド | Combination therapy with C / EBP alpha saRNA |
| US20210277135A1 (en) | 2018-07-13 | 2021-09-09 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Ox-40 agonist, pd-1 pathway inhibitor and ctla-4 inhibitor combination for use in a method of treating a cancer or a solid tumor |
| US20210317461A1 (en) | 2018-08-09 | 2021-10-14 | Verseau Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotide compositions for targeting ccr2 and csf1r and uses thereof |
| WO2020048942A1 (en) | 2018-09-04 | 2020-03-12 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for enhancing cytotoxic t lymphocyte-dependent immune responses |
| CN113396160A (en) | 2018-09-19 | 2021-09-14 | 国家医疗保健研究所 | Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treating cancer resistant to immune checkpoint therapy |
| US12195544B2 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2025-01-14 | Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. | EGFR binding proteins and methods of use |
| CA3114038A1 (en) | 2018-09-25 | 2020-04-02 | Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. | Dll3 binding proteins and methods of use |
| SG11202100935TA (en) | 2018-09-28 | 2021-02-25 | Massachusetts Inst Technology | Collagen-localized immunomodulatory molecules and methods thereof |
| US20220040183A1 (en) | 2018-10-01 | 2022-02-10 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Use of inhibitors of stress granule formation for targeting the regulation of immune responses |
| JP2022505647A (en) | 2018-10-23 | 2022-01-14 | ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー | How to treat a tumor |
| BR112021008012A2 (en) | 2018-10-29 | 2021-11-03 | Mersana Therapeutics Inc | Engineered cysteine antibody-drug conjugates with peptide-containing linkers |
| MY205758A (en) | 2018-11-16 | 2024-11-12 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Anti-nkg2a antibodies and uses thereof |
| WO2020102728A1 (en) | 2018-11-16 | 2020-05-22 | Neoimmunetech, Inc. | Method of treating a tumor with a combination of il-7 protein and an immune checkpoint inhibitor |
| US20220018828A1 (en) | 2018-11-28 | 2022-01-20 | Inserm (Institut National De La Santé Et La Recherche Médicale | Methods and kit for assaying lytic potential of immune effector cells |
| WO2020115262A1 (en) | 2018-12-07 | 2020-06-11 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Use of cd26 and cd39 as new phenotypic markers for assessing maturation of foxp3+ t cells and uses thereof for diagnostic purposes |
| CN113195467A (en) | 2018-12-11 | 2021-07-30 | 施万生物制药研发Ip有限责任公司 | Naphthyridine and quinoline derivatives useful as ALK5 inhibitors |
| WO2020127059A1 (en) | 2018-12-17 | 2020-06-25 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Use of sulconazole as a furin inhibitor |
| EP3911670B1 (en) | 2019-01-15 | 2024-12-25 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Mutated interleukin-34 (il-34) polypeptides and uses thereof in therapy |
| US11235032B2 (en) | 2019-01-23 | 2022-02-01 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Combination immunotherapy dosing regimen for immune checkpoint blockade |
| WO2020169472A2 (en) | 2019-02-18 | 2020-08-27 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Methods of inducing phenotypic changes in macrophages |
| US20220195046A1 (en) | 2019-03-28 | 2022-06-23 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of treating tumor |
| US20220041733A1 (en) | 2019-03-28 | 2022-02-10 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of treating tumor |
| EP3947737A2 (en) | 2019-04-02 | 2022-02-09 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Methods of predicting and preventing cancer in patients having premalignant lesions |
| EP3952850A1 (en) | 2019-04-09 | 2022-02-16 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale (INSERM) | Use of sk2 inhibitors in combination with immune checkpoint blockade therapy for the treatment of cancer |
| WO2020212484A1 (en) | 2019-04-17 | 2020-10-22 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Methods and compositions for treatment of nlrp3 inflammasome mediated il-1beta dependent disorders |
| EP3962493A2 (en) | 2019-05-03 | 2022-03-09 | Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. | Methods of modulating immune activity/level of irf or sting or of treating cancer, comprising the administration of a sting modulator and/or purinergic receptor modulator or postcellular signaling factor |
| KR20220010525A (en) | 2019-05-20 | 2022-01-25 | 메사추세츠 인스티튜트 오브 테크놀로지 | Boronic acid ester prodrugs and uses thereof |
| JP2022534967A (en) | 2019-05-30 | 2022-08-04 | ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー | Multiple tumor gene signatures and their uses |
| CN114174537A (en) | 2019-05-30 | 2022-03-11 | 百时美施贵宝公司 | Cell localization features and combination therapies |
| EP3976832A1 (en) | 2019-05-30 | 2022-04-06 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of identifying a subject suitable for an immuno-oncology (i-o) therapy |
| AU2020291012B2 (en) | 2019-06-12 | 2025-09-25 | AskGene Pharma, Inc. | Novel IL-15 prodrugs and methods of use thereof |
| EP3990491A1 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2022-05-04 | Massachusetts Institute of Technology | Immunomodulatory fusion protein-metal hydroxide complexes and methods thereof |
| CN114729383A (en) | 2019-07-02 | 2022-07-08 | 弗莱德哈钦森癌症研究中心 | Recombinant AD35 vector and related gene therapy improvement |
| WO2021024020A1 (en) | 2019-08-06 | 2021-02-11 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Combination therapy involving antibodies against claudin 18.2 and immune checkpoint inhibitors for treatment of cancer |
| GB201912107D0 (en) | 2019-08-22 | 2019-10-09 | Amazentis Sa | Combination |
| BR112022004316A2 (en) | 2019-09-22 | 2022-06-21 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Quantitative spatial characterization for lag-3 antagonist therapy |
| AU2020356463A1 (en) | 2019-09-23 | 2022-04-07 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Compositions and methods for increasing the efficacy of immunotherapies and vaccines |
| EP3800201A1 (en) | 2019-10-01 | 2021-04-07 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Cd28h stimulation enhances nk cell killing activities |
| WO2021064184A1 (en) | 2019-10-04 | 2021-04-08 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Methods and pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of ovarian cancer, breast cancer or pancreatic cancer |
| WO2021080682A1 (en) | 2019-10-24 | 2021-04-29 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Monoclonal antibodies that bind human cd161 and uses thereof |
| WO2021092220A1 (en) | 2019-11-06 | 2021-05-14 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of identifying a subject with a tumor suitable for a checkpoint inhibitor therapy |
| WO2021092221A1 (en) | 2019-11-06 | 2021-05-14 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of identifying a subject with a tumor suitable for a checkpoint inhibitor therapy |
| BR112022008191A2 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2022-07-12 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | LAG-3 ANTAGONIST THERAPY FOR MELANOMA |
| US11590116B2 (en) | 2019-11-22 | 2023-02-28 | Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc | Substituted pyridines and methods of use |
| US20230114107A1 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2023-04-13 | Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. | Combination anti-cancer therapies with inducers of iron-dependent cellular disassembly |
| EP4076529A1 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2022-10-26 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Combinations of dgk inhibitors and checkpoint antagonists |
| KR20220139915A (en) | 2020-02-06 | 2022-10-17 | 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 | IL-10 and its uses |
| US11673879B2 (en) | 2020-03-31 | 2023-06-13 | Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc | Substituted pyrimidines and methods of use |
| WO2021216572A1 (en) | 2020-04-20 | 2021-10-28 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Lipid compositions for delivery of sting agonist compounds and uses thereof |
| WO2021216670A1 (en) | 2020-04-21 | 2021-10-28 | University Of Rochester | Inhibitors of human epididymus protein 4 |
| CN115997008A (en) | 2020-04-22 | 2023-04-21 | 艾欧凡斯生物治疗公司 | Systems and methods for coordinating the manufacture of cells for patient-specific immunotherapy |
| CN115768885A (en) | 2020-06-03 | 2023-03-07 | Mv生物治疗股份有限公司 | Combinations of ATP hydrolases and immune checkpoint modulators and applications thereof |
| TW202214623A (en) | 2020-06-10 | 2022-04-16 | 美商施萬生物製藥研發 Ip有限責任公司 | Crystalline alk5 inhibitors and uses thereof |
| WO2022006179A1 (en) | 2020-06-29 | 2022-01-06 | Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. | Viruses engineered to promote thanotransmission and their use in treating cancer |
| WO2022003156A1 (en) | 2020-07-02 | 2022-01-06 | Oncurious Nv | Ccr8 non-blocking binders |
| MX2023000197A (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2023-02-22 | BioNTech SE | THERAPEUTIC RNA FOR HPV POSITIVE CANCER. |
| CN116249716A (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2023-06-09 | 康愈有限责任公司 | MIC antibodies and binding agents and methods of use thereof |
| US20230295146A1 (en) | 2020-07-24 | 2023-09-21 | The University Of Rochester | Inhibitors of interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinases 1 and 4 |
| US20230265188A1 (en) | 2020-08-28 | 2023-08-24 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Lag-3 antagonist therapy for hepatocellular carcinoma |
| US20230303700A1 (en) | 2020-08-31 | 2023-09-28 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Cell localization signature and immunotherapy |
| WO2022087402A1 (en) | 2020-10-23 | 2022-04-28 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Lag-3 antagonist therapy for lung cancer |
| WO2022120179A1 (en) | 2020-12-03 | 2022-06-09 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Multi-tumor gene signatures and uses thereof |
| WO2022130206A1 (en) | 2020-12-16 | 2022-06-23 | Pfizer Inc. | TGFβr1 INHIBITOR COMBINATION THERAPIES |
| TW202245808A (en) | 2020-12-21 | 2022-12-01 | 德商拜恩迪克公司 | Therapeutic rna for treating cancer |
| WO2022135667A1 (en) | 2020-12-21 | 2022-06-30 | BioNTech SE | Therapeutic rna for treating cancer |
| WO2022135666A1 (en) | 2020-12-21 | 2022-06-30 | BioNTech SE | Treatment schedule for cytokine proteins |
| WO2022136650A1 (en) | 2020-12-24 | 2022-06-30 | Oncurious Nv | Murine cross-reactive human ccr8 binders |
| US20240076391A1 (en) | 2020-12-24 | 2024-03-07 | Oncurious Nv | Human ccr8 binders |
| WO2022136649A1 (en) | 2020-12-24 | 2022-06-30 | Oncurious Nv | Non-blocking human ccr8 binders |
| JP2024501029A (en) | 2020-12-28 | 2024-01-10 | ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー | Subcutaneous administration of PD1/PD-L1 antibodies |
| ES3023507T3 (en) | 2020-12-28 | 2025-06-02 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Antibody compositions and methods of use thereof |
| CA3208974A1 (en) | 2021-01-20 | 2022-07-28 | Bioentre Llc | Ctla4-binding proteins and methods of treating cancer |
| EP4313109A1 (en) | 2021-03-31 | 2024-02-07 | Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. | Thanotransmission polypeptides and their use in treating cancer |
| JP2024514530A (en) | 2021-04-02 | 2024-04-02 | ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア | Antibodies against truncated CDCP1 and uses thereof |
| US20240209080A1 (en) | 2021-04-10 | 2024-06-27 | Profoundbio Us Co. | Folr1 binding agents, conjugates thereof and methods of using the same |
| JP7742892B2 (en) | 2021-04-23 | 2025-09-22 | ジェンマブ エー/エス | Anti-CD70 antibodies, conjugates thereof and methods of using same |
| WO2022229644A1 (en) | 2021-04-28 | 2022-11-03 | Mina Therapeutics Limited | Combination therapies comprising c/ebp alpha sarna |
| WO2022251359A1 (en) | 2021-05-26 | 2022-12-01 | Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc | Bicyclic inhibitors of alk5 and methods of use |
| EP4351595A1 (en) | 2021-06-07 | 2024-04-17 | Providence Health & Services - Oregon | Cxcr5, pd-1, and icos expressing tumor reactive cd4 t cells and their use |
| JP2024525475A (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2024-07-12 | フラグシップ パイオニアリング イノベーションズ ブイ,インコーポレーテッド | Engineered immune cells to promote tanotransmission and uses thereof |
| EP4367269A1 (en) | 2021-07-05 | 2024-05-15 | Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) | Gene signatures for predicting survival time in patients suffering from renal cell carcinoma |
| MX2024000674A (en) | 2021-07-13 | 2024-02-07 | BioNTech SE | Multispecific binding agents against cd40 and cd137 in combination therapy for cancer. |
| TW202333802A (en) | 2021-10-11 | 2023-09-01 | 德商拜恩迪克公司 | Therapeutic rna for lung cancer |
| AU2022377637A1 (en) | 2021-10-28 | 2024-05-02 | Lyell Immunopharma, Inc. | Methods for culturing immune cells |
| WO2023077090A1 (en) | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Lag-3 antagonist therapy for hematological cancer |
| CA3238167A1 (en) | 2021-11-19 | 2023-05-25 | Maria Leia Smith | Gpc3 binding agents, conjugates thereof and methods of using the same |
| JP2025501238A (en) | 2021-12-30 | 2025-01-17 | ネオイミューンテック, インコーポレイテッド | Method for treating tumors using a combination of IL-7 protein and VEGF antagonist |
| EP4469477A1 (en) | 2022-01-26 | 2024-12-04 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Combination therapy for hepatocellular carcinoma |
| WO2023161453A1 (en) | 2022-02-24 | 2023-08-31 | Amazentis Sa | Uses of urolithins |
| JP2025507694A (en) | 2022-02-25 | 2025-03-21 | ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー | Combination Therapy for Colorectal Cancer |
| WO2023168404A1 (en) | 2022-03-04 | 2023-09-07 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of treating a tumor |
| US20250179170A1 (en) | 2022-03-08 | 2025-06-05 | Alentis Therapeutics Ag | Use of anti-claudin-1 antibodies to increase t cell availability |
| EP4493575A1 (en) | 2022-03-18 | 2025-01-22 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of isolating polypeptides |
| WO2023196987A1 (en) | 2022-04-07 | 2023-10-12 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of treating tumor |
| EP4507704A1 (en) | 2022-04-15 | 2025-02-19 | Iovance Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Til expansion processes using specific cytokine combinations and/or akti treatment |
| JP2025518785A (en) | 2022-06-02 | 2025-06-19 | ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー | Antibody compositions and methods of use thereof |
| WO2023240287A1 (en) | 2022-06-10 | 2023-12-14 | Bioentre Llc | Combinations of ctla4 binding proteins and methods of treating cancer |
| JP2025527578A (en) | 2022-08-18 | 2025-08-22 | パルマトリックス オペレーティング カンパニー,インコーポレイテッド | Methods for treating cancer with inhaled angiogenesis inhibitors |
| WO2024052356A1 (en) | 2022-09-06 | 2024-03-14 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale | Inhibitors of the ceramide metabolic pathway for overcoming immunotherapy resistance in cancer |
| US20240174732A1 (en) | 2022-10-05 | 2024-05-30 | Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. | Nucleic acid molecules encoding trif and additional polypeptides and their use in treating cancer |
| CN120322456A (en) * | 2022-10-28 | 2025-07-15 | 嘉和生物药业有限公司 | Novel anti-CTLA 4 antibodies |
| WO2024102722A1 (en) | 2022-11-07 | 2024-05-16 | Neoimmunetech, Inc. | Methods of treating a tumor with an unmethylated mgmt promoter |
| CN120584182A (en) | 2022-11-21 | 2025-09-02 | 艾欧凡斯生物治疗公司 | Two-dimensional process of tumor-infiltrating lymphocyte expansion and its therapy |
| WO2024126457A1 (en) | 2022-12-14 | 2024-06-20 | Astellas Pharma Europe Bv | Combination therapy involving bispecific binding agents binding to cldn18.2 and cd3 and immune checkpoint inhibitors |
| IL321575A (en) | 2022-12-21 | 2025-08-01 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Combination therapy for lung cancer |
| US20240269251A1 (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2024-08-15 | Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. | Genetic switches and their use in treating cancer |
| WO2024196952A1 (en) | 2023-03-20 | 2024-09-26 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Tumor subtype assessment for cancer therapy |
| WO2024213767A1 (en) | 2023-04-14 | 2024-10-17 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale | Engraftment of mesenchymal stromal cells engineered to stimulate immune infiltration in tumors |
| WO2024251978A1 (en) * | 2023-06-09 | 2024-12-12 | Institut Gustave Roussy | Drug conjugate targeting ctla4, products comprising the same and therapeutic uses thereof |
| WO2024261302A1 (en) | 2023-06-22 | 2024-12-26 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale | Nlrp3 inhibitors, pak1/2 inhibitors and/or caspase 1 inhibitors for use in the treatment of rac2 monogenic disorders |
| WO2025003193A1 (en) | 2023-06-26 | 2025-01-02 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale | Sertraline and indatraline for disrupting intracellular cholesterol trafficking and subsequently inducing lysosomal damage and anti-tumor immunity |
| WO2025006811A1 (en) | 2023-06-27 | 2025-01-02 | Lyell Immunopharma, Inc. | Methods for culturing immune cells |
| WO2025012417A1 (en) | 2023-07-13 | 2025-01-16 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale | Anti-neurotensin long fragment and anti-neuromedin n long fragment antibodies and uses thereof |
| WO2025038763A1 (en) | 2023-08-15 | 2025-02-20 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Ceramic hydroxyapatite chromatography flow through method |
| WO2025052098A1 (en) | 2023-09-08 | 2025-03-13 | Mina Therapeutics Limited | Tmem173 sarna compositions and methods of use |
| WO2025120866A1 (en) | 2023-12-08 | 2025-06-12 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Combination therapy involving bispecific binding agents binding to cldn18.2 and cd3 and agents stabilizing or increasing expression of cldn18.2 |
| WO2025121445A1 (en) | 2023-12-08 | 2025-06-12 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Combination therapy involving bispecific binding agents binding to cldn18.2 and cd3 and agents stabilizing or increasing expression of cldn18.2 |
| WO2025120867A1 (en) | 2023-12-08 | 2025-06-12 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Combination therapy involving bispecific binding agents binding to cldn18.2 and cd3 and anti-vegfr2 antibodies |
| WO2025145207A1 (en) | 2023-12-29 | 2025-07-03 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Combination therapy of kras inhibitor and treg-depleting agent |
| WO2025184208A1 (en) | 2024-02-27 | 2025-09-04 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Anti-ceacam5 antibodies and uses thereof |
| US20250269052A1 (en) | 2024-02-27 | 2025-08-28 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Anti-ceacam5 antibody drug conjugates |
Citations (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5773001A (en) * | 1994-06-03 | 1998-06-30 | American Cyanamid Company | Conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents and intermediates for their synthesis |
| US5821332A (en) * | 1993-11-03 | 1998-10-13 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Receptor on the surface of activated CD4+ T-cells: ACT-4 |
| US5994511A (en) * | 1997-07-02 | 1999-11-30 | Genentech, Inc. | Anti-IgE antibodies and methods of improving polypeptides |
| US6207156B1 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2001-03-27 | Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Specific antibodies and antibody fragments |
| US20020086014A1 (en) * | 1999-08-24 | 2002-07-04 | Korman Alan J. | Human CTLA-4 antibodies and their uses |
| US6632927B2 (en) * | 1989-12-21 | 2003-10-14 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Humanized antibodies |
| US6682736B1 (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2004-01-27 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human monoclonal antibodies to CTLA-4 |
| US6984720B1 (en) * | 1999-08-24 | 2006-01-10 | Medarex, Inc. | Human CTLA-4 antibodies |
Family Cites Families (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| IL133070A0 (en) | 1997-06-11 | 2001-03-19 | Us Navy | Composition and method to prevent graft rejection and other counter-adaptive t lymphocyte mediated immune responses |
-
2001
- 2001-01-26 JP JP2001554715A patent/JP2003520828A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-01-26 US US09/772,103 patent/US7034121B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-01-26 WO PCT/US2001/002653 patent/WO2001054732A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-01-26 AU AU2001233027A patent/AU2001233027A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-01-26 EP EP01905111A patent/EP1261376A1/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2005
- 2005-12-29 US US11/321,444 patent/US20060165706A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6632927B2 (en) * | 1989-12-21 | 2003-10-14 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Humanized antibodies |
| US5821332A (en) * | 1993-11-03 | 1998-10-13 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Receptor on the surface of activated CD4+ T-cells: ACT-4 |
| US5773001A (en) * | 1994-06-03 | 1998-06-30 | American Cyanamid Company | Conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents and intermediates for their synthesis |
| US6207156B1 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2001-03-27 | Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Specific antibodies and antibody fragments |
| US5994511A (en) * | 1997-07-02 | 1999-11-30 | Genentech, Inc. | Anti-IgE antibodies and methods of improving polypeptides |
| US6682736B1 (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2004-01-27 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human monoclonal antibodies to CTLA-4 |
| US20020086014A1 (en) * | 1999-08-24 | 2002-07-04 | Korman Alan J. | Human CTLA-4 antibodies and their uses |
| US6984720B1 (en) * | 1999-08-24 | 2006-01-10 | Medarex, Inc. | Human CTLA-4 antibodies |
Cited By (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2010036986A2 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2010-04-01 | Tocagen Inc. | Recombinant vectors |
| EP3502256A2 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2019-06-26 | Tocagen Inc. | Recombinant vectors |
| WO2016130898A3 (en) * | 2015-02-13 | 2016-10-20 | Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc. | Antibody therapeutics that bind ctla4 |
| KR20180086219A (en) * | 2015-12-15 | 2018-07-30 | 온코이뮨, 아이앤씨. | Chimeric and humanized anti-human CTLA4 monoclonal antibodies and uses thereof |
| KR102830926B1 (en) | 2015-12-15 | 2025-07-08 | 온코씨4, 아이앤씨. | Chimeric and humanized anti-human CTLA4 monoclonal antibodies and uses thereof |
| WO2022197610A1 (en) * | 2021-03-16 | 2022-09-22 | Jn Biosciences Llc | Bifunctional molecules for treatment of immune disorders |
| US11993657B2 (en) | 2021-03-16 | 2024-05-28 | Jn Biosciences Llc | Bifunctional molecules for treatment of immune disorders |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2001054732A1 (en) | 2001-08-02 |
| EP1261376A1 (en) | 2002-12-04 |
| US7034121B2 (en) | 2006-04-25 |
| JP2003520828A (en) | 2003-07-08 |
| AU2001233027A1 (en) | 2001-08-07 |
| US20020039581A1 (en) | 2002-04-04 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US7034121B2 (en) | Antibodies against CTLA4 | |
| JP4320381B2 (en) | Cells expressing anti-CD80 antibody | |
| EP0758383B1 (en) | Lag-3 protein soluble polypeptide fractions, method of production, therapeutic composition and anti-idiotype antibody | |
| US6984383B1 (en) | Method of transplanting cells by contacting donor cells with B7-1-and B7-2-specific immunoglobulins | |
| KR100496307B1 (en) | Monkey monoclonal antibodies specific to human b7.1 and/or b7.2 primatized forms, pharmaceutical compositions | |
| US7368535B2 (en) | CD200 receptors | |
| JP3072330B2 (en) | T cell receptor peptides for the treatment of autoimmune and malignant diseases | |
| JP5007409B2 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies against dendritic cells | |
| JPH10505482A (en) | Ligands for inducing antigen-specific apoptosis in T cells | |
| US20080095774A1 (en) | Agents and Methods for Specifically Blocking CD28-Mediated Signaling | |
| JP2000504564A (en) | Immunoglobulin fusion proteins and antibodies with modified effector functions and uses thereof | |
| AU734853B2 (en) | Methods of prolonged suppression of humoral immunity | |
| US7531168B2 (en) | Method for downmodulating immune response in type I diabetes | |
| US20070092506A1 (en) | Use of rapamycin and agents that inhibit B7 activity in immunomodulation | |
| WO2001079300A1 (en) | Surface-bound antigen binding portions of antibodies that bind to ctla-4 and cd28 and uses therefor | |
| CZ172497A3 (en) | Fragments of monoclonal substance exhibiting immunosuppressor activity | |
| US20030161827A1 (en) | Therapies that improve graft survival | |
| US20020071839A1 (en) | Use of a combination of agents that modulate B7 activity in inhibiting intestinal allograft rejection | |
| MXPA99004296A (en) | Identification of unique binding interactions between certain antibodies and the human b7.1 and b7.2 co-stimulatory antigens | |
| MXPA97004225A (en) | Fragments of monoclonal antibodies that have immunosuppressive activity | |
| HK1015413B (en) | Monkey monoclonal antibodies specific to human b7.1 and/or b7.2 primatized forms, pharmaceutical compositions | |
| AU7371801A (en) | Methods of prolonged suppression of humoral immunity |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: GENETICS INSTITUTE, LLC, MASSACHUSETTS Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:GENETICS INSTITUTE, INC.;REEL/FRAME:017303/0157 Effective date: 20011228 |
|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |